Larry's edits to Acts 7-10 (#2387)

Co-authored-by: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2387

en_tn_45-ACT.tsv

@@ -1261,27 +1261,27 @@ ACT	9	42	fyz4		ἐπίστευσαν…ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον	1	believed
 ACT	9	43	k9ik	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Now it happened that	This introduces the beginning of the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 ACT	9	43	qar2		Σίμωνι, βυρσεῖ	1	Simon, a tanner	Alternate translation: “a man named Simon who made leather from animal skins”
 ACT	10	intro	ym7z			0		# Acts 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br><br>The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Baptism and the Holy Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized.
-ACT	10	1	m1vx	writing-background		0	General Information:	These verses give background information about Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	10	1	nfy5			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius.
+ACT	10	1	m1vx	writing-background	Κορνήλιος	1	General Information:	Verses 1-2 give background information about **Cornelius**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	10	1	wtb9	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ δέ τις	1	Now there was a certain man	This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 ACT	10	1	x476		ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς	1	named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’	Alternate translation: “whose name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army”
 ACT	10	1	abcd		Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς	1	the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’	Alternate translation: “the Italian Regiment”
 ACT	10	2	s6rh		εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν	1	devout and fearing God	Alternate translation: “believing in God and seeking to honor and worship God in his life”
 ACT	10	2	n8i3		φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν	1	fearing God	The word **fearing** here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
-ACT	10	2	abce		τῷ λαῷ	1	to the people	This here refers to Jewish people who were in need.
+ACT	10	2	abce		τῷ λαῷ	1	to the people	Here, **the people** refers to Jewish people who were in need.
 ACT	10	2	w2kx	figs-hyperbole	δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός	1	praying to God through all	The phrase **through all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “he prayed to God a lot” or “he prayed to God regularly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ACT	10	3	up3j		ὥραν ἐνάτην	1	the ninth hour	This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Alternate translation: “three o’clock in the afternoon”
 ACT	10	3	g3lv		εἶδεν…φανερῶς	1	he clearly saw	Alternate translation: “Cornelius clearly saw”
 ACT	10	4	abcf		ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ	1	But he stared at him	Cornelius looked intently at the angel.
 ACT	10	4	abcg		εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ	1	And he said to him	Alternate translation: “Then the angel said to Cornelius”
-ACT	10	4	p5ml	figs-explicit	αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God	It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. Alternate translation: “God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts that have gone up to him as a memorial offering to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	10	6	lt9n		βυρσεῖ	1	a tanner	a person who makes leather from animal skins
-ACT	10	7	g6lq		ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ	1	And when the angel who spoke to him had left	Alternate translation: “When Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended”
-ACT	10	7	i3x7		στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ	1	a devout soldier of those who served him	This soldier worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius’ other soldiers probably did not worship God. Alternate translation: “one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God”
-ACT	10	7	yg7g		εὐσεβῆ	1	devout	An adjective to describe a person who worshiped God and served him.
+ACT	10	4	p5ml	figs-explicit	αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God	It is implied that his gifts and **prayers** had been accepted by **God**. Alternate translation: “God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts that have gone up to him as a memorial offering to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	10	6	lt9n		βυρσεῖ	1	a tanner	A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins.
+ACT	10	7	g6lq		ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ	1	And when the angel who spoke to him had left	Alternate translation: “And when Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended”
+ACT	10	7	i3x7		στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ	1	a devout soldier of those who served him	This **soldier** worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius’ other soldiers probably did not worship God. Alternate translation: “one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God”
+ACT	10	7	yg7g		εὐσεβῆ	1	devout	The adjective **devout** describes a person who worshiped God and served him.
 ACT	10	8	pcg2		ἐξηγησάμενος ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς	1	having told them everything	Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers.
 ACT	10	8	d2p3		ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην	1	he sent them to Joppa	Alternate translation: “he sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa”
-ACT	10	9	ey9n			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to Cornelius’ two servants and the soldier under Cornelius’ command ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)).
+ACT	10	9	ey9n		ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων	1	General Information:	Here the word **they** refers to Cornelius’ two servants and the soldier under Cornelius’ command ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)).
 ACT	10	9	w3g4			0	Connecting Statement:	The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter.
 ACT	10	9	tu7n		περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην	1	at about the sixth hour	Alternate translation: “at around noon”
 ACT	10	9	r6l8		ἀνέβη…ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα	1	went up to the housetop	The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them.
@@ -1293,46 +1293,44 @@ ACT	10	11	jh1m		τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον	1	being l
 ACT	10	12	ua3j	figs-explicit	πάντα τὰ τετράποδα, καὶ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς, καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	all the four-footed animals and creeping things on the earth, and birds of the sky	From Peter’s response in the next verse, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. Alternate translation: “every kind of animal and reptile and bird that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	10	13	a2z4	figs-synecdoche	ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν	1	a voice came to him	The person speaking is not specified. The **voice** was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	10	14	z7r5		μηδαμῶς	1	Not at all	Alternate translation: “I will not do that”
-ACT	10	14	a2jj	figs-explicit	οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον	1	I have never eaten anything defiled and unclean	It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	10	14	a2jj	figs-explicit	οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον	1	I have never eaten anything defiled and unclean	It is implied that some the animals in the container were **unclean** as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	10	15	xs5s	figs-123person	ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν	1	What God has cleansed	If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 ACT	10	16	rlr9		τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς	1	this happened three times	It is possible that everything Peter saw happened did not happen three times, but that the phrase, “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled,” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “This happened three times.”
-ACT	10	17	d4zi		διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος	1	Peter was very confused … about	This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant.
+ACT	10	17	d4zi		ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος	1	Peter was very confused … about	This means that **Peter** was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant.
 ACT	10	17	n6da		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate.
 ACT	10	17	e62m	figs-explicit	ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα	1	stood before the gate	It is implied that this house had a wall with a **gate** in it to enter the property. Alternate translation: “stood before the gate to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	10	17	h72m		διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν	1	having found by inquiry the house	This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UST does.
 ACT	10	18	qe9d		φωνήσαντες	1	they called out	Cornelius’ men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter.
-ACT	10	19	e8ai		διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος	1	while … was still thinking about the vision	Alternate translation: “as … was still wondering about the meaning of the vision”
+ACT	10	19	e8ai		τοῦ…Πέτρου διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος	1	while … was still thinking about the vision	Alternate translation: “as Peter was still wondering about the meaning of the vision”
 ACT	10	19	d9q8		τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit	Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit”
 ACT	10	19	iqx5		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: three”
 ACT	10	19	va39	translate-textvariants	ἄνδρες τρεῖς ζητοῦσιν σε	1	three men are looking for you	Cornelius sent two of his servants and one soldier. Some ancient texts have a different number of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 ACT	10	20	ym1x		κατάβηθι	1	go down	Alternate translation: “go down from the roof of the house”
 ACT	10	20	wx4n		πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος	1	go with them. Do not hesitate	It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with them, because they were strangers and they were Gentiles.
 ACT	10	21	lj1f		ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε	1	I am he whom you are seeking	Alternate translation: “I am the man you are looking for”
-ACT	10	22	i4zh			0	General Information:	The words “They” and “them” here refer to the two servants and the soldier from Cornelius ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)).
+ACT	10	22	i4zh		οἱ…εἶπαν	0	General Information:	Here, **they** refers to the two servants and the soldier from Cornelius ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)).
 ACT	10	22	baa3	figs-activepassive	Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ	1	Cornelius, a centurion, a man righteous and fearing God, and well-testifed to by the whole nation of the Jews, was instructed by a holy angel to summon you to his house and to hear a word from you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	10	22	wvl1		φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν	1	fearing God	The word **fearing** here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
 ACT	10	22	gv91	figs-hyperbole	ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the whole nation of the Jews	This number of people is exaggerated with the word **whole** to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ACT	10	23	jlc7		εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν	1	Therefore, having invited them in, he hosted them	The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon.
 ACT	10	23	shs5		ἐξένισεν	1	he hosted them	Alternate translation: “he invited them to be his guests”
-ACT	10	23	t7cz		τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης	1	some of the brothers who were from Joppa	This refers to believers who lived in Joppa.
+ACT	10	23	t7cz		τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης	1	some of the brothers who were from Joppa	This phrase refers to believers who lived in Joppa.
 ACT	10	24	c3s6		τῇ…ἐπαύριον	1	the following day	This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day.
 ACT	10	24	g2up		ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς	1	And Cornelius was waiting for them	Alternate translation: “And Cornelius expected them”
 ACT	10	25	wxt8		ὡς…τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον	1	as Peter entered	Alternate translation: “when Peter entered the house”
 ACT	10	25	b4pn	translate-symaction	πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας	1	and falling down at his feet	He did this to honor Peter. Alternate translation: “and kneeling down and putting his face close to Peter’s feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-ACT	10	25	u2x5		πεσὼν	1	and falling down	He purposely lies down facing the ground to show that he is worshiping.
 ACT	10	26	s7n5		ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι	1	Get up! I too am a man myself	This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: “Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are”
-ACT	10	27	f9x6	figs-you		0	General Information:	The word “him” here refers to Cornelius. Here the words “You” and “you” are plural and include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-ACT	10	27	bg7b			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter addresses the people who are gathered in Cornelius’ house.
+ACT	10	27	f9x6		αὐτῷ	1	General Information:	The word **him** here refers to Cornelius.
 ACT	10	27	twp9	figs-explicit	συνεληλυθότας πολλούς	1	many people gathered together	It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “many Gentile people gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	10	28	g7j7		ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε	1	You yourselves know	Peter is addressing Cornelius and his invited guests.
-ACT	10	28	iyx6		ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ	1	how unlawful it is for a Jewish man	This refers to the Jewish religious law. Alternate translation: “that it is forbidden for a Jewish man”
-ACT	10	28	k3we		ἀλλοφύλῳ	1	a foreigner	This refers to people who were not Jews and not specifically to where they lived.
-ACT	10	30	krz8			0	General Information:	In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour.
-ACT	10	30	n5fs			0	Connecting Statement:	Cornelius responds to Peter’s question.
+ACT	10	28	xhuo	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε	1		Here, **You yourselves** is plural and include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+ACT	10	28	iyx6		ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ	1	how unlawful it is for a Jewish man	This phrase refers to the requirements of the Jewish religious law. Alternate translation: “that it is forbidden for a Jewish man”
+ACT	10	28	k3we		ἀλλοφύλῳ	1	a foreigner	Here, **foreigner** refers to people who were not Jews and not specifically to where they lived.
+ACT	10	30	n5fs		καὶ ὁ Κορνήλιος ἔφη	1	Connecting Statement:	Cornelius responds to Peter’s question.
 ACT	10	30	na4u		ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας	1	Four days ago	Cornelius is referring to the day before the third night before he is speaking to Peter. Biblical culture counts the current day, so the day before three nights ago is **four days ago**. Current Western culture does not count the current day, so many Western translations read, “three days ago.”
 ACT	10	30	mqv8	translate-textvariants	προσευχόμενος	1	praying	Some ancient authorities say “fasting and praying” instead of simply **praying**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-ACT	10	30	yy6e		τὴν ἐνάτην	1	at the ninth hour	The normal afternoon time when the Jews pray to God.
-ACT	10	31	x6d0	figs-you	σου…σου	1		Both occurrences of **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+ACT	10	30	yy6e		τὴν ἐνάτην	1	at the ninth hour	This was the normal afternoon time when the Jews pray to God.
+ACT	10	31	krz8			0	General Information:	In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour.
+ACT	10	31	x6d0	figs-you	σου…σου	1		Both occurrences of **your** are singular and refer to Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ACT	10	31	heh3	figs-activepassive	εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ	1	your prayer has been heard	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	10	31	s6nz		ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	have been remembered before God	This does not imply that God had forgotten. Alternate translation: “brought you to God’s attention”
 ACT	10	32	ci31		μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος	1	summon Simon who is called Peter	Alternate translation: “tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you”
@@ -1343,32 +1341,30 @@ ACT	10	33	ry21		ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	This refers to th
 ACT	10	33	xt4x	figs-activepassive	τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου	1	that you have been instructed by the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	10	34	ku8u			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius.
 ACT	10	34	cyn8		ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν	1	And Peter opened his mouth and said	Alternate translation: “And Peter began to speak to them”
-ACT	10	34	ha31		ἐπ’ ἀληθείας	1	In truth	This means that what he is about to say is especially important to know.
+ACT	10	34	ha31		ἐπ’ ἀληθείας	1	In truth	This phrase means that what Peter is about to say is especially important.
 ACT	10	34	iii7		οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός	1	God is not one who shows partiality	Alternate translation: “God does not favor certain people”
 ACT	10	35	j78e		ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν	1	the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him	Alternate translation: “he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds”
 ACT	10	35	b5cr		φοβούμενος	1	fears	The word **fears** here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
-ACT	10	36	bjk7			0	General Information:	The word “him” here refers to Jesus.
-ACT	10	36	sv4s			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter continues to talk to Cornelius and his guests.
+ACT	10	36	jtr3			0	Jesus who is from Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power, who went about doing good and healing all who were oppressed by the devil, for God was with him	The long sentence in verse 36-38 can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST.
 ACT	10	36	md1l		οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος	1	he is Lord of all	Here, **all** means “all people.”
 ACT	10	37	ch65	figs-hyperbole	καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	throughout all Judea	The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “throughout Judea” or “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ACT	10	37	sq2i		μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης	1	after the baptism that John proclaimed	Alternate translation: “after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them”
-ACT	10	38	jtr3		Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει; ὃς διῆλθεν εὐεργετῶν καὶ ἰώμενος πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus who is from Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power, who went about doing good and healing all who were oppressed by the devil, for God was with him	This long sentence, which begins in verse 36, can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST.
 ACT	10	38	ku82	figs-metaphor	ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει	1	God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power	The Holy Spirit and God’s power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	10	38	y5ya	figs-hyperbole	πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	all who were oppressed by the devil	The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ACT	10	38	tj3u	figs-idiom	ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	God was with him	The idiom **was with him** means “was helping him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ACT	10	39	kal7	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	The words “We” and “we” here refer to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. The words “he” and “him” here refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	10	39	kal7	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ἐποίησεν…ὃν…κρεμάσαντες	1	General Information:	Here, **we** refers to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. The words **he** and **him** here refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	10	39	sx3a		ἔν…τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	in the country of the Jews	This refers mainly to Judea at that time.
 ACT	10	39	z4dt		κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου	1	by hanging him on a tree	This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: “by nailing him to a wooden cross”
 ACT	10	40	cxj5	figs-idiom	τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν	1	but God raised up this one	Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “but God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ACT	10	40	w8kv		τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	Alternate translation: “on the third day after he died”
 ACT	10	40	iz8l		ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι	1	caused him to be seen	Alternate translation: “permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead”
 ACT	10	41	q7d1		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
-ACT	10	42	ik96	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word “us” includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	10	42	ik96	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	General Information:	Here the word **us** includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	10	42	zne5			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md).
 ACT	10	42	c1ak	figs-activepassive	ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	that he is the one who has been chosen by God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God chose this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	10	42	ws4t	figs-nominaladj	ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν	1	of the living and the dead	This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: “of the people who are alive and the people who are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ACT	10	43	ub5d		τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν	1	To this one, all the prophets bear witness that	Alternate translation: “All the prophets bear witness to Jesus that”
-ACT	10	43	vq6l	figs-activepassive	ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν	1	everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins through his name	This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ACT	10	43	vq6l	figs-activepassive	ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν	1	everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins through his name	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	10	43	y6d1	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1	through his name	Here, **his name** refers to the actions of Jesus. His name means God who saves. Alternate translation: “through what Jesus has done for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	10	44	cz7x		ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1	the Holy Spirit fell	Here the word **fell** means “happened suddenly.” Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit suddenly came”
 ACT	10	44	wf7u		πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας	1	all of those who were listening	Here, **all** refers to all the Gentiles at the house who were listening to Peter.
@@ -1376,8 +1372,6 @@ ACT	10	45	j6wt		ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1	the gif
 ACT	10	45	g161	figs-activepassive	ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται	1	the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God poured out the Holy Spirit as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	10	45	mqs8	figs-metaphor	ἐκκέχυται	1	was poured out	The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: “was generously given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	10	45	f33n		καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη	1	also on the Gentiles	Here, **also** refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers.
-ACT	10	46	w58d			0	General Information:	The words “he” and “him” refer to Peter.
-ACT	10	46	mpg5			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about Cornelius.
 ACT	10	46	p6pa		λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν	1	speaking with tongues and praising God	These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God.
 ACT	10	47	u5d5	figs-rquestion	μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς?	1	No one is able to withhold water, is he, that these are not baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did?	Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has the right to withhold water so that these are not baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ACT	10	47	kwv5	figs-activepassive	τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received the Holy Spirit just as we did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1385,13 +1379,13 @@ ACT	10	48	t2y9	figs-explicit	προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτι
 ACT	10	48	z4fh	figs-activepassive	προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	10	48	ax6x	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι	1	be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ	Here, **in the name of Jesus Christ** expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	11	intro	hva5			0		# Acts 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Gentiles also had received the word of God”<br><br>Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to “receive the word of God.” Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.
-ACT	11	1	uw5m			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new event in the story.
-ACT	11	1	j7f7			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there.
+ACT	11	1	uw5m		δὲ	1	General Information:	**Now** signals the beginning of a new event in the story.
 ACT	11	1	ab75	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	This marks a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 ACT	11	1	f1md		οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ	2	the brothers	The phrase **the brothers** here refers to the believers in Judea.
 ACT	11	1	q8wl		οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν	1	who were throughout Judea	Alternate translation: “who were throughout the province of Judea”
 ACT	11	1	w3rx	figs-metonymy	ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	had received the word of God	This expression refers to the fact that the Gentiles believed the gospel message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “had believed the message of God about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	11	2	kb4m		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	came up to Jerusalem	Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
+ACT	11	2	j7f7			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there.
+ACT	11	2	kb4m		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	came up to Jerusalem	Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it.
 ACT	11	2	yar6	figs-metonymy	οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς	1	those from the circumcision	This is a reference to some of the Jews who believed that every believer must be circumcised. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted all followers of Christ to be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	11	3	ah7v	figs-metonymy	ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας	1	uncircumcised men	The phrase **uncircumcised men** refers to Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	11	3	t9e1		συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς	1	ate with them	It was against Jewish tradition for Jews to eat with Gentiles.
@@ -1401,17 +1395,17 @@ ACT	11	4	nuy6		καθεξῆς	1	in an orderly manner	Alternate translation: “
 ACT	11	5	j37p		ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην	1	like a large sheet	The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
 ACT	11	5	axu6		τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς	1	by its four corners	See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “suspended by its four corners”
 ACT	11	6	lbh4	figs-explicit	τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὰ θηρία, καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	the four-legged animals of the earth, and the wild beasts, and the creeping animals, and the birds of the sky	From Peter’s response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: “many kinds of animals and reptiles and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	11	6	ew64		θηρία	1	wild beasts	This probably refer to the animals people do not or can not tame or control.
+ACT	11	6	ew64		θηρία	1	wild beasts	Here, **wild beasts** probably refer to the animals people do not or can not tame or control.
 ACT	11	6	t36i		ἑρπετὰ	1	creeping animals	These are reptiles.
-ACT	11	7	i5ic	figs-synecdoche	ἤκουσα…φωνῆς	1	I heard … a voice	The person speaking is not specified. The **voice** was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated **a voice** in [Acts 10:13](../10/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ACT	11	7	i5ic	figs-synecdoche	ἤκουσα…καὶ φωνῆς	1	I heard … a voice	The person speaking is not specified. The **voice** was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated **a voice** in [Acts 10:13](../10/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	11	8	m4mu		μηδαμῶς	1	By no means	See how you translated this in [Acts 10:14](../10/14.md). Alternate translation: “I will not do that”
 ACT	11	8	m5p5	figs-explicit	κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου	1	the profane or unclean has never entered into my mouth	Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	11	8	wwbw	figs-doublenegatives	κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου	1		If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **profane or unclean … never entered**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 ACT	11	8	kj91		ἀκάθαρτον	1	unclean	In the Old Testament Jewish law, a person became ritually **unclean** in various ways, such as eating certain forbidden animals.
 ACT	11	9	n2gn	figs-metonymy	ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου	1	What God has cleansed, do not call unclean	This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	11	10	xrq6		τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς	1	this happened three times	It is possible that everything Peter saw happened did not happen three times, but that the phrase, “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled,” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “this happened three times.” See how you translated **This happened three times** in [Acts 10:16](../10/16.md).
-ACT	11	11	ias8	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here “we” refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ACT	11	11	b2qv		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
+ACT	11	11	ias8	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here, **we** refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	11	11	b2qv		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
 ACT	11	11	k44j		ἐξαυτῆς	1	right away	Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that exact moment”
 ACT	11	11	qwn5	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1	having been sent	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	11	12	lf6m		μηδὲν διακρίναντα	1	not making any distinction	Alternate translation: “not being concerned that they were Gentiles”
@@ -1419,29 +1413,27 @@ ACT	11	12	cf8x		ἦλθον…σὺν ἐμοὶ	1	went with me	Alternate transl
 ACT	11	12	xrc6		οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι	1	these six brothers	Alternate translation: “these six Jewish believers”
 ACT	11	12	w6ia		εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός	1	into the house of the man	This refers to the house of Cornelius.
 ACT	11	13	few6		Σίμωνα, τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον	1	Simon, who is called Peter	See how you translated the same phrase in [Acts 10:32](../10/32.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter”
-ACT	11	14	hpr2	figs-metonymy	πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου	1	all your household	This refers to all the people in the household. Alternate translation: “everyone who lives in your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	11	15	qy12	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word “us” refers to Peter, the apostles, and any of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	11	14	hpr2	figs-metonymy	πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου	1	all your household	This refers to all the people in the **household**. Alternate translation: “everyone who lives in your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ACT	11	15	qy12	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word **us** refers to Peter, the apostles, and any of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	11	15	a8jw		ἐν…τῷ ἄρξασθαί με λαλεῖν, ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς	1	as I began to speak, the Holy Spirit came on them	This implies that Peter had not finished speaking but had intended to say more.
 ACT	11	15	ak2p	figs-ellipsis	ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀρχῇ	1	the Holy Spirit came on them, just as also on us in the beginning	Peter leaves out some things to keep the story short. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit came on the Gentile believers, just as he also came on the Jewish believers at Pentecost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ACT	11	15	th4m		ἐν ἀρχῇ	1	in the beginning	Peter is referring to the day of Pentecost.
 ACT	11	16	v116	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς…βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	you will be baptized in the Holy Spirit	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will baptize you in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	11	17	pe42	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	The word “them” refers to Cornelius and his Gentile guests and household. Peter does not call them Gentiles in his account to the Jewish believers at Jerusalem. The word “they” refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter spoke. The word “us” includes all of the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ACT	11	17	e576			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter finishes his speech (which he began in [Acts 11:4](../11/04.md)) to the Jews about his vision and about what had happened at the house of Cornelius.
+ACT	11	17	pe42	figs-exclusive	αὐτοῖς…ἡμῖν	1	General Information:	The word **them** refers to Cornelius and his Gentile guests and household. Peter does not call them Gentiles in his account to the Jewish believers at Jerusalem. The word **us** includes all of the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	11	17	u3nu	figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν?	1	If, therefore, God gave to them the same gift as also to us when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, who was I, able to oppose God?	Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since God gave to them the same gift as he also gave to us when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, I decided that I could not oppose God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ACT	11	17	y7ag		τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν	1	the same gift	Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit.
+ACT	11	17	y7ag		τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν	1	the same gift	Peter refers to the **gift** of the Holy Spirit.
+ACT	11	18	xlpt	figs-exclusive	ἀκούσαντες…ἡσύχασαν	1		The word **they** refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter spoke. 
 ACT	11	18	nr7g		ἡσύχασαν	1	they became quiet	Alternate translation: “they did not argue with Peter”
 ACT	11	18	z3fy	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν	1	God has given repentance unto life to the Gentiles also	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas behind the words **repentance** and **life**, you could express the same ideas with the verbs “repent” and “live.” Alternate translation: “God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ACT	11	19	zck4			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke tells about what happened to the believers who fled after the stoning of Stephen.
-ACT	11	19	bwb8	writing-newevent	οὖν	1	Then	This introduces the new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-ACT	11	19	m3i7		οἱ…διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ, διῆλθον	1	those who had been scattered from the persecution that happened over Stephen spread	The Jews began persecuting Jesus’ followers because Stephen had said and done things that the Jews did not like. Because of this persecution, many of Jesus’ followers left Jerusalem and went to many different places.
+ACT	11	19	bwb8	writing-newevent	οὖν	1	Then	This introduces the new part of the story. He tells about what happened to the believers who fled after the stoning of Stephen.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+ACT	11	19	m3i7		οἱ…διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ, διῆλθον	1	those who had been scattered from the persecution that happened over Stephen spread	The Jews began persecuting Jesus’ followers because **Stephen** had said and done things that the Jews did not like. Because of this **persecution**, many of Jesus’ followers left Jerusalem and went to many different places.
 ACT	11	19	whm6	figs-activepassive	οἱ…διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ	1	those who had been scattered from the persecution that happened over Stephen	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jews had been persecuting after they killed Stephen, who had left Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	11	19	vx4b		τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ	1	the persecution that arose over Stephen	the persecution that happened because of what Stephen had said and done
 ACT	11	19	w5jn		διῆλθον	1	spread	Alternate translation: “went in many different directions”
 ACT	11	19	c8ha		μόνον Ἰουδαίοις	1	only to Jews	The believers thought God’s message was for the Jewish people, and not for the Gentiles.
 ACT	11	20	mww9	figs-explicit	ἐλάλουν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς	1	and spoke also to Greeks	These Greek-speaking people were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “and also spoke to Gentiles who spoke Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	11	21	aj5g	figs-metonymy	ἦν χεὶρ Κυρίου μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	The hand of the Lord was with them	God’s **hand** signifies his powerful help. Alternate translation: “God was powerfully enabling those believers to preach effectively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	11	21	n9pq	figs-metaphor	ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον	1	turned to the Lord	Here, **turned to the Lord** is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and began to obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	11	22	mrg9			0	General Information:	In these verses, the word “he” refers to Barnabas. The word “they” refers to the believers of the church at Jerusalem. The words “them” and “their” refer to the new believers ([Acts 11:20](../11/20.md)).
+ACT	11	23	mrg9		ὃς…ἰδὼν…ἐχάρη…παρεκάλει	1	General Information:	All occurrences of the word **he** refer to Barnabas. The word **them** refers to the new believers ([Acts 11:20](../11/20.md)).
 ACT	11	22	i7vs	figs-metonymy	τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	the ears of the church	Here, **ears** refers to the believers’ hearing about the event. Alternate translation: “the believers in the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	11	23	b7w7		ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	saw the grace that is of God	Alternate translation: “saw how God acted kindly toward the believers”
 ACT	11	23	m1q9		παρεκάλει πάντας	1	exhorted them all	Alternate translation: “kept on encouraging them”
@@ -1449,63 +1441,62 @@ ACT	11	23	qlu4		προσμένειν τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	to remain with the Lord
 ACT	11	23	bz6w	figs-metonymy	τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας	1	with purpose of heart	Here the **heart** refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “with all their will” or “with complete commitment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	11	24	he5z		πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	full of the Holy Spirit	The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit.
 ACT	11	24	e57t	figs-metonymy	προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	a considerable crowd was added to the Lord	Here, **added** means they came to believe the same thing as the others. Alternate translation: “many more people also believed in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	11	25	yhl6			0	General Information:	Here the word “he” refers to Barnabas and “him” refers to Saul.
+ACT	11	25	yhl6		ἐξῆλθεν	1	General Information:	Here the word **he** refers to Barnabas.
 ACT	11	25	dm92		ἐξῆλθεν…εἰς Ταρσὸν	1	he went out to Tarsus	Alternate translation: “he went out to the city of Tarsus”
 ACT	11	26	hu2g		καὶ εὑρὼν	1	and when he found him	It probably took some time and effort for Barnabas to locate Saul.
 ACT	11	26	wf5l	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο	1	It happened that	This begins a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 ACT	11	26	w4dz		αὐτοῖς…συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	they were gathered together with the church	Alternate translation: “Barnabas and Saul were gathered together with the church”
 ACT	11	26	x8gx	figs-activepassive	χρηματίσαι τε πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς, Χριστιανούς	1	And the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch	This implies that other people called the believers by this name. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The people of Antioch were the first to call the disciples Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	11	26	r6sl		πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ	1	first in Antioch	Alternate translation: “for the first time in Antioch”
+ACT	11	27	h6zw		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story-line.
 ACT	11	27	pz7y	writing-background		0	General Information:	Here Luke tells background information about a prophecy in Antioch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-ACT	11	27	h6zw		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story-line.
-ACT	11	27	d8bb		κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων…εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν	1	came down from Jerusalem to Antioch	Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going down from it.
+ACT	11	27	d8bb		κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων…εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν	1	came down from Jerusalem to Antioch	Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going **down** from it.
 ACT	11	28	wyk8		ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος	1	named Agabus	Alternate translation: “whose name was Agabus”
 ACT	11	28	q3tl		ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	and indicated by the Spirit that	Alternate translation: “and the Holy Spirit enabled him to prophesy that”
 ACT	11	28	l3iz		λιμὸν μεγάλην μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι	1	a great famine was about to occur	Alternate translation: “a great shortage of food would happen”
-ACT	11	28	pd2t	figs-hyperbole	ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	over the whole world	This was a generalization referring to the part of the world that they were interested in. Alternate translation: “all over the inhabited world” or “throughout the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-ACT	11	28	jmc5	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου	1	in the days of Claudius	Luke’s audience would know that Claudius was the emperor of Rome at that time. Alternate translation: “when Claudius was the Roman emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	11	28	pd2t	figs-hyperbole	ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	over the whole world	Here, **whole** was a generalization referring to the part of the world that they were interested in. Alternate translation: “all over the inhabited world” or “throughout the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+ACT	11	28	jmc5	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου	1	in the days of Claudius	Luke’s audience would know that **Claudius** was the emperor of Rome at that time. Alternate translation: “when Claudius was the Roman emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	11	28	fjyk	translate-names	Κλαυδίου	1		**Claudius** is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	11	29	lhp8			0	General Information:	The words “They” and “they” refer to the believers in the church in Antioch ([Acts 11:27](../11/27.md)).
-ACT	11	29	de92		δὲ	1	So	This word means marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they sent money because of Agabus’ prophesy or the famine.
+ACT	11	29	de92		δὲ	1	So	The word **So** marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they sent money because of Agabus’ prophesy or the famine.
 ACT	11	29	rk9z		καθὼς εὐπορεῖτό τις	1	just as anyone prospered	The richer people sent more; the poorer people sent less.
 ACT	11	29	up7a		τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀδελφοῖς	1	to the brothers living in Judea	Alternate translation: “to the believers in Judea”
+ACT	11	30	lhp8		καὶ ἐποίησαν	1	General Information:	Here, **they** refers to the believers in the church in Antioch ([Acts 11:27](../11/27.md)).
 ACT	11	30	l8i8	figs-idiom	διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου	1	by the hand of Barnabas and Saul	Here, **hand** is a synecdoche for the action of the whole person. Alternate translation: “by having Barnabas and Saul take to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ACT	12	intro	f66j			0		# Acts 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas was bringing Saul back from Tarsus and they were delivering money from Antioch Jerusalem (11:25-30). He killed many of the leaders of the church, and he put Peter in prison. After God helped Peter escape the prison, Herod killed the prison guards, and then God killed Herod. In the last verse of the chapter, Luke tells how Barnabas and Saul return to Antioch.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Personification<br><br>The “word of God” is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could grow and become many. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ACT	12	1	u4w7	writing-background		0	General Information:	This is background information about Herod’s killing James. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	12	1	ua9p			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the new persecution, first of James’ death and then of Peter’s imprisonment and then release.
 ACT	12	1	ti1y	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	This begins a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-ACT	12	1	f2gr		κατ’ ἐκεῖνον…τὸν καιρὸν	1	about that time	This refers to the time of the famine.
+ACT	12	1	f2gr		κατ’ ἐκεῖνον…τὸν καιρὸν	1	about that time	Here, **that time** refers to the time of the famine.
 ACT	12	1	zy6y	figs-idiom	ἐπέβαλεν…τὰς χεῖρας	1	laid hands on	This means Herod had the believers arrested. See how you translated this in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “sent soldiers to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ACT	12	1	u1gv	figs-explicit	τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	some of those from the church	Only James and Peter are specified, which implies that these were leaders of the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	12	1	s7lc		κακῶσαί	1	to harm them	Alternate translation: “in order to cause the believers to suffer”
-ACT	12	2	aw4t		ἀνεῖλεν δὲ Ἰάκωβον, τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰωάννου, μαχαίρῃ	1	And he killed James, the brother of John, with the sword	This tells the manner in which James was killed.
+ACT	12	2	u4w7	writing-background	ἀνεῖλεν δὲ Ἰάκωβον, τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰωάννου, μαχαίρῃ	1	General Information:	This is background information about Herod’s killing **James**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	12	2	r1zv	figs-metonymy	ἀνεῖλεν…Ἰάκωβον	1	he killed James	This could mean: (1) Herod himself killed James or (2) Herod ordered someone to kill James. Alternate translation: “Herod gave the order and they killed James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	12	3	pms7			0	General Information:	Here the word “he” refers to Herod ([Acts 12:1](../12/01.md)).
+ACT	12	3	pms7		ἰδὼν…προσέθετο	1	General Information:	Here the word **he** refers to Herod ([Acts 12:1](../12/01.md)).
 ACT	12	3	v4ag		ἰδὼν δὲ ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	And when he saw that this is pleasing to the Jews	Alternate translation: “And when Herod realized that putting James to death pleased the Jewish leaders”
 ACT	12	3	cu7s		ὅτι…ἐστιν	1	that this is	Alternate translation: “that Herod did this” or “that this happened”
 ACT	12	3	wpm1		ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	this is pleasing to the Jews	Alternate translation: “made the Jewish leaders happy”
-ACT	12	3	ly66		ἡμέραι τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	the days of unleavened bread	This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. Alternate translation: “the festival when the Jewish people ate bread without yeast”
-ACT	12	4	pps1		τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν	1	to four squads of soldiers	Each squad had four soldiers that guarded Peter, one group at a time. The groups divided the 24-hour day into four shifts. Each time two soldiers would have been at his side and the other two soldiers by the entrance. Alternate translation: “to four groups of soldiers”
+ACT	12	3	ly66		ἡμέραι τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	the days of unleavened bread	This phrase refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. Alternate translation: “the festival when the Jewish people ate bread without yeast”
+ACT	12	4	pps1		τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν	1	to four squads of soldiers	Each squad had four **soldiers** that guarded Peter, one group at a time. The groups divided the 24-hour day into four shifts. Each time two soldiers would have been at his side and the other two soldiers by the entrance. Alternate translation: “to four groups of soldiers”
 ACT	12	4	i23a		βουλόμενος…ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ	1	he was intending to bring him out to the people	Alternate translation: “Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people” or “Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people”
-ACT	12	5	v2yz	figs-explicit	ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	So Peter was kept in the prison	This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. Alternate translation: “So Peter was guarded by soldiers in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	12	5	v2yz	figs-explicit	ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	So Peter was kept in the prison	This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter **in the prison**. Alternate translation: “So Peter was guarded by soldiers in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	12	5	xpcx	figs-activepassive	ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	12	5	f8qc	figs-activepassive	προσευχὴ…ἦν ἐκτενῶς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	prayer was being made earnestly to God for him by the church	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the group of believers in Jerusalem earnestly prayed to God for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	12	5	g189		ἐκτενῶς	1	earnestly	continuously and with dedication
-ACT	12	6	km83	figs-explicit	ἤμελλεν προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἡρῴδης τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ	1	Herod was going to bring him out for trial, that night	That Herod planned to execute him can be clarified. Alternate translation: “the same night before Herod was going to bring Peter out from prison to put him on trial and then to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	12	6	km83	figs-explicit	ἤμελλεν προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἡρῴδης τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ	1	Herod was going to bring him out for trial, that night	That Herod planned to execute him can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same night before Herod was going to bring Peter out from prison to put him on trial and then to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	12	6	g2bh		δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν	1	bound with two chains	Each chain would have been attached to one of the two guards who stayed beside Peter. Alternate translation: “tied with two chains” or “fastened with two chains”
 ACT	12	6	aqv1		ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν	1	were keeping watch over the prison	Alternate translation: “were guarding the prison doors”
-ACT	12	7	kk4i			0	General Information:	The words “him” and “his” refer to Peter.
-ACT	12	7	i7g3		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
+ACT	12	7	kk4i		ἐπέστη…αὐτὸν…αὐτοῦ	1	General Information:	The words **him** and **his** refer to Peter.
+ACT	12	7	i7g3		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
 ACT	12	7	lu25		ἐπέστη	1	appeared by him	Alternate translation: “appeared next to him” or “suddenly stood beside him”
 ACT	12	7	z2i1		ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι	1	in the prison cell	Alternate translation: “in the prison room”
 ACT	12	7	dc5b		πατάξας…τοῦ Πέτρου	1	he struck Peter	Peter was evidently sleeping deeply enough that this was required to wake him. Alternate translation: “the angel tapped Peter” or “the angel poked Peter”
-ACT	12	7	dqn9		ἐξέπεσαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν	1	his chains fell away from his hands	The angel caused the chains to fall from Peter without touching them.
+ACT	12	7	dqn9		ἐξέπεσαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν	1	his chains fell away from his hands	The angel caused the **chains** to fall from Peter without touching them.
 ACT	12	8	hxt9		ἐποίησεν…οὕτως	1	he did thus	Alternate translation: “Peter did what the angel told him to do” or “Peter obeyed”
 ACT	12	8	abch		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	he said to him	Alternate translation: “the angel said to Peter”
-ACT	12	9	gx77			0	General Information:	Here the word “He” refers to Peter. The words “they” and “They” refer to Peter and the angel.
+ACT	12	9	gx77		ἠκολούθει…ᾔδει…ἐδόκει	1	General Information:	Here the word **he** refers to Peter.
 ACT	12	9	abci		ἠκολούθει	1	he followed him	Alternate translation: “Peter followed the angel”
 ACT	12	9	sh8k		οὐκ ᾔδει	1	he did not know	Alternate translation: “he did not understand”
-ACT	12	9	p9ty	figs-activepassive	ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου	1	what is done by the angel is real	This could be changed to active form. Alternate translation: “the actions of the angel were real” or “what the angel did truly happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ACT	12	9	p9ty	figs-activepassive	ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου	1	what is done by the angel is real	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the actions of the angel were real” or “what the angel did truly happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ACT	12	10	ursb		διελθόντες…ἦλθαν…αὐτοῖς…προῆλθον	1		The words **they** and **them** refer to Peter and the angel.
 ACT	12	10	r7gy	figs-explicit	διελθόντες δὲ πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν	1	But when they had passed by the first guard and the second	It is implied that the soldiers were not able to see Peter and the angel as they walked by. Alternate translation: “The first and second guards did not see them as they passed by, and then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	12	10	c18q		διελθόντες	1	when they had passed by	Alternate translation: “when they had walked by”
 ACT	12	10	e36s	figs-ellipsis	καὶ δευτέραν	1	and the second	The word **guard** is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and the second guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1517,53 +1508,52 @@ ACT	12	10	fl89		εὐθέως ἀπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ αὐτ
 ACT	12	11	wlb6	figs-idiom	καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος	1	And when Peter had come to himself	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “And when Peter became fully awake and alert” or “And when Peter became aware that what had happened was real” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ACT	12	11	ue4k	figs-metonymy	ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς Ἡρῴδου	1	delivered me from the hand of Herod	Here, **the hand of Herod** refers to “Herod’s power” or “Herod’s plans.” Alternate translation: “brought me from the harm Herod had planned for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	12	11	hw63		ἐξείλατό με	1	delivered me	Alternate translation: “rescued me”
-ACT	12	11	p739	figs-synecdoche	πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	from all the expectations of the Jewish people	Here “the people of the Jews” probably referred mainly to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “from all that the Jewish leaders thought would happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ACT	12	11	p739	figs-synecdoche	πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	from all the expectations of the Jewish people	Here, **the Jewish people** probably referred mainly to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “from all that the Jewish leaders thought would happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	12	12	tfh3		συνιδών	1	having realized this	He became aware that God had rescued him.
-ACT	12	12	ux4v	figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννου, τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου	1	of John, who was called Mark	John was also called Mark. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “John, whom people also called Mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	12	13	x5fg			0	General Information:	Here the words “she” and “her” all refer to the servant girl Rhoda. Here the words “they” and “They” refer to the people who were inside praying ([Acts 12:12](../12/12.md)).
+ACT	12	12	ux4v	figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννου, τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου	1	of John, who was called Mark	**John** was also called **Mark**. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “John, whom people also called Mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	12	13	pfn7		κρούσαντος…αὐτοῦ	1	when he knocked	Tapping on the door was a normal Jewish custom to let others know you wish to visit them. You may need to change this to fit your culture. Alternate translation: “when Peter knocked”
 ACT	12	13	c634		τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος	1	at the door of the gate	Alternate translation: “at the outer door” or “at the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard”
 ACT	12	13	khq1		προσῆλθε…ὑπακοῦσαι	1	came to answer	Alternate translation: “came to the gate to ask who was knocking”
+ACT	12	14	x5fg		ἐπιγνοῦσα…οὐκ ἤνοιξεν…ἀπήγγειλεν	1	General Information:	Here the words **she** and **her** all refer to the servant girl Rhoda.
 ACT	12	14	y2ff		ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς	1	from joy	Alternate translation: “because she was so joyful” or “being overly excited”
 ACT	12	14	m3m7		οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα	1	she did not open the gate	Alternate translation: “she did not open the door” or “she forgot to open the door”
-ACT	12	14	ky3p		εἰσδραμοῦσα	1	running inside	You may prefer to say “went running into the room in the house”
 ACT	12	14	yq3r		ἀπήγγειλεν	1	she reported	Alternate translation: “she told them” or “she said”
 ACT	12	14	a19k		ἑστάναι…πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος	1	stands at the gate	Peter was still standing outside. Alternate translation: “is standing outside the door”
+ACT	12	15	j2kx		οἱ…οἱ	1		Here the word **they** refers to the people who were inside praying ([Acts 12:12](../12/12.md)).
 ACT	12	15	ybz7		μαίνῃ	1	You are insane	The people not only did not believe her, but rebuked her by saying she was crazy. Alternate translation: “You are crazy”
 ACT	12	15	xnm2		ἡ…διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν	1	she insisted that it was thus	Alternate translation: “she insisted that what she said was true”
 ACT	12	15	en8b		οἱ…ἔλεγον	2	they said	Alternate translation: “they answered”
-ACT	12	15	qa8m		ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ	1	It is his angel	Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter’s angel had come to them. Alternate translation: “What you have seen is Peter’s angel”
-ACT	12	16	wwg1			0	General Information:	Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the people in the house. The words “He” and “he” refer to Peter.
-ACT	12	16	bi6l		ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων	1	But Peter continued knocking	The word “continued” means that Peter kept knocking the entire time those inside were talking.
+ACT	12	15	qa8m		ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ	1	It is his angel	Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter’s **angel** had come to them. Alternate translation: “What you have seen is Peter’s angel”
+ACT	12	16	wwg1		εἶδαν	1	General Information:	Here the word **they** refers to the people in the house.
+ACT	12	16	bi6l		ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων	1	But Peter continued knocking	The word **continued** means that Peter kept knocking the entire time those inside were talking.
 ACT	12	17	jx1a		ἀπαγγείλατε…ταῦτα	1	Report these things	Alternate translation: “Tell these things”
 ACT	12	17	jf16		τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	the brothers	Alternate translation: “the other believers”
-ACT	12	18	blx5			0	General Information:	The word “him” here refers to Peter. The word “he” refers to Herod.
-ACT	12	18	ail9		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used to mark a break in the story-line. Time has passed; it is now the next day.
+ACT	12	19	blx5		αὐτὸν…εὑρὼν…διέτριβεν	1	General Information:	The word **him** here refers to Peter. The word **he** refers to Herod.
+ACT	12	18	ail9		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used to mark a break in the story-line. Time has passed; it is now the next day.
 ACT	12	18	iqv4		γενομένης…ἡμέρας	1	when it became day	Alternate translation: “in the morning”
 ACT	12	18	zl7i	figs-litotes	ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο	1	there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what therefore had happened to Peter	This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: “there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 ACT	12	18	ilz4	figs-abstractnouns	ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο	1	there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas behind the words **disturbance**, you could express the same ideas with the words “disturbed” or “upset.” Alternate translation: “the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ACT	12	19	pz6v		Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν	1	And Herod, having searched for him	This could mean: (1) “And when Herod heard Peter was missing, he went himself to search the prison” or (2) “And when Herod heard Peter was missing, he sent other soldiers to search the prison.”
-ACT	12	19	c69i		ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας, ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι	1	questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death	It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill the guards if their prisoner escaped.
+ACT	12	19	c69i		ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας, ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι	1	questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death	It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill **the guards** if their prisoner escaped.
 ACT	12	19	br16		καὶ κατελθὼν	1	And having gone down	The phrase **having gone down** is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Judea.
 ACT	12	20	n2lw			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke continues with another event in Herod’s life.
-ACT	12	20	aip7	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+ACT	12	20	aip7	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 ACT	12	20	gxs4	figs-hyperbole	ὁμοθυμαδὸν…παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν	1	they went to him together	Here the word **they** is a generalization. It is unlikely that all the people of Tyre and Sidon went to Herod. Alternate translation: “men representing the people of Tyre and Sidon went together to talk with Herod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ACT	12	20	t6mi		πείσαντες Βλάστον	1	having persuaded Blastus	Alternate translation: “these men persuaded Blastus”
-ACT	12	20	qsg4	translate-names	Βλάστον	1	Blastus	Blastus was an assistant to or an officer of King Herod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	12	20	qsg4	translate-names	Βλάστον	1	Blastus	**Blastus** was an assistant to or an officer of King Herod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	12	20	l5r1		ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην	1	they asked for peace	Alternate translation: “these men requested peace”
-ACT	12	20	j253	figs-explicit	τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς	1	their food for their country was from the king’s country	They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	12	20	dy51	figs-explicit	τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν	1	their food	It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of food because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	12	21	e3w9		τακτῇ…ἡμέρᾳ	1	on a set day	This was probably the day on which Herod agreed to meet with the representatives. Alternate translation: “on the day when Herod agreed to meet them”
-ACT	12	21	kv7g		ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν	1	in royal clothing	expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king
-ACT	12	21	g6ir		καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	sitting on the throne	This was where Herod formally addressed people who came to see him.
-ACT	12	22	ze1s			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about Herod.
+ACT	12	20	j253	figs-explicit	τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς	1	their food for their country was from the king’s country	They probably purchased this **food**. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	12	20	dy51	figs-explicit	τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν	1	their food	It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of **food** because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	12	21	e3w9		τακτῇ…ἡμέρᾳ	1	on a set day	This was probably the **day** on which Herod agreed to meet with the representatives. Alternate translation: “on the day when Herod agreed to meet them”
+ACT	12	21	kv7g		ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν	1	in royal clothing	This **royal clothing** was expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king.
+ACT	12	21	g6ir		καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	sitting on the throne	The **throne** was where Herod formally addressed people who came to see him.
 ACT	12	23	b4bc		παραχρῆμα…ἄγγελος	1	immediately an angel	Alternate translation: “right away an angel” or “while the people were still praising Herod, an angel”
 ACT	12	23	b5s9		ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν	1	struck him	Alternate translation: “afflicted Herod” or “caused Herod to become very ill”
 ACT	12	23	iw57		οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	he did not give the glory to God	Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God.
 ACT	12	23	d419	figs-activepassive	γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος, ἐξέψυξεν	1	becoming worm-eaten, he died	Here, **worm** refers to worms inside the body, probably intestinal worms. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “worms ate Herod’s insides and he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	12	24	j2un	writing-endofstory		0		Verse 24 continues the history from verse 23. Verse 25 continues the history from 11:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
-ACT	12	24	m1sw	figs-metaphor	ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο	1	the word of God increased and was multiplied	The word of God is spoken of as if it was a living plant that was able to grow and reproduce. Alternate translation: “the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ACT	12	24	m1sw	figs-metaphor	ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο	1	the word of God increased and was multiplied	The **word of God** is spoken of as if it was a living plant that was able to grow and reproduce. Alternate translation: “the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	12	24	wn8m		ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Alternate translation: “the message God sent about Jesus”
+ACT	12	25	j2un	writing-endofstory		0		This verse continues the history from [11:30](../11/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 ACT	12	25	t7d8		Βαρναβᾶς δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	And Barnabas and Saul returned to Jerusalem	Although some ancient copies read “Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem,” the reading of “to Jerusalem” is probably correct. We know they went back to Antioch from Jerusalem, Therefore, this verse may indicate that they went somewhere else in Judea, and then returned to Jerusalem before they went back to Antioch.
 ACT	12	25	pv6a	figs-explicit	πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν	1	having completed their service	This refers back to when they brought money from the believers at Antioch in [Acts 11:29-30](../11/29.md). Alternate translation: “when they had delivered the money to the church leaders in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	13	intro	rlh6			0		# Acts 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotes from Psalms in 13:33-35.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.<br><br>The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and it describes how it is the Gentiles and not the Jews to whom the believers tell the message about Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light for the Gentiles<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles as walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
@@ -1585,90 +1575,85 @@ ACT	13	5	at85		Σαλαμῖνι	1	Salamis	The city of Salamis was on Cyprus Isl
 ACT	13	5	ct8b	figs-synecdoche	κατήγγελλον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	they were proclaiming the word of God	Here, **word of God** is a synecdoche for “message of God.” Alternate translation: “they proclaimed the message of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	13	5	p5t3		συναγωγαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	synagogues of the Jews	This could mean: (1) “there were multiple Jewish synagogues in the city of Salamis where Barnabas and Saul preached” or (2) “Barnabas and Saul started at the synagogue at Salamis and continued to preach in all the synagogues they found while they traveled around the Island of Cyprus.”
 ACT	13	5	sxw6		εἶχον δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην, ὑπηρέτην	1	And they also had John as an assistant	Alternate translation: “And John Mark went with them and was helping them”
-ACT	13	5	ukx2		ὑπηρέτην	1	as an assistant	Alternate translation: “as a helper”
-ACT	13	6	h9he			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to Paul, Silas, and John Mark. The words “This man” refer to “Sergius Paulus.” The first word “he” refers to Sergius Paulus, the proconsul; the second word “he” refers to Elymas (also called Bar-Jesus), the magician.
+ACT	13	6	h9he		εὗρον	1	General Information:	Here the word **they** refers to Paul, Silas, and John Mark.
 ACT	13	6	ja1i		ὅλην τὴν νῆσον	1	the whole island	They crossed from one side of the island to the other and shared the gospel message in each town they passed through.
-ACT	13	6	cl2z		Πάφου	1	Paphos	a major city on Cyprus island where the proconsul lived
+ACT	13	6	cl2z		Πάφου	1	Paphos	**Paphos** was a major city on Cyprus island where the proconsul lived.
 ACT	13	6	zf3b		εὗρον	1	they found	Here, **found** means they came upon him without looking for him. Alternate translation: “they met” or “they came upon”
 ACT	13	6	xe7h		ἄνδρα, τινὰ μάγον	1	a certain man, a magician	Alternate translation: “a particular person who practices witchcraft” or “a person who practices supernatural magic arts”
 ACT	13	6	ak38	translate-names	ᾧ ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς	1	whose name was Bar Jesus	**Bar Jesus** means “Son of Jesus.” There is no relation between this man and Jesus Christ. **Jesus** was a common name at that time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	13	7	bee2		ἦν σὺν	1	was with	Alternate translation: “was often with” or “was often in the company of”
-ACT	13	7	s1su		ἀνθυπάτῳ	1	proconsul	This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor”
+ACT	13	7	s1su		ἀνθυπάτῳ	1	proconsul	A **proconsul** was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor”
 ACT	13	7	h5xx	writing-background	ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ	1	an intelligent man	This is background information about Sergius Paulus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	13	7	abck		οὗτος, προσκαλεσάμενος	1	He summoned	Alternate translation: “The proconsul summoned”
 ACT	13	8	lp2u	translate-names	Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος	1	Elymas “the magician”	This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called “the magician.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	13	8	qw4j		οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	for that is how his name is translated	Alternate translation: “for that was what he was called in Greek”
 ACT	13	8	n23s		ἀνθίστατο…αὐτοῖς…ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον	1	opposed them; he sought to turn the proconsul away	Alternate translation: “resisted them by trying to turn the proconsul away” or “attempted to stop them by trying to turn the proconsul away”
 ACT	13	8	w2xt	figs-metaphor	ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	he sought to turn the proconsul away from the faith	Here, **to turn … away from** is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: “he attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	13	9	gws2			0	General Information:	The word “him” refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus ([Acts 13:6-8](./06.md)).
-ACT	13	9	nau1			0	Connecting Statement:	While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas.
+ACT	13	9	gws2		αὐτὸν	1	General Information:	The word **him** refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus ([Acts 13:6-8](./06.md)).
 ACT	13	9	ey6d	figs-activepassive	Σαῦλος…ὁ καὶ Παῦλος	1	Saul, who is also Paul	**Saul** was his Jewish name, and **Paul** was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. Alternate translation: “Saul, who now called himself Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	13	9	xjy9		ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν	1	stared at him intensely	Alternate translation: “looked at him intensely”
 ACT	13	10	r8x2		ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας	1	O one full of all deceit and all wickedness	Alternate translation: “O you are always intent in causing others to believe what is not true using falsehood and always doing what is wrong”
-ACT	13	10	d2pk	figs-metonymy	υἱὲ διαβόλου	1	son of the devil	Paul is saying the man is acting like the devil. Alternate translation: “you are like the devil” or “you act like the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	13	10	pyu7		ῥᾳδιουργίας	1	wickedness	In this context it means to be lazy and not diligent in following God’s law.
-ACT	13	10	hlq9		ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης	1	enemy of all righteousness	Paul is grouping Elymas with the devil. Just as the devil is an enemy of God and is against righteousness, so also was Elymas.
+ACT	13	10	d2pk	figs-metonymy	υἱὲ διαβόλου	1	son of the devil	Paul is saying the man is acting like **the devil**. Alternate translation: “you are like the devil” or “you act like the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ACT	13	10	pyu7		ῥᾳδιουργίας	1	wickedness	In this context, **wickedness** means to be lazy and not diligent in following God’s law.
+ACT	13	10	hlq9		ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης	1	enemy of all righteousness	Paul is grouping Elymas with the devil. Just as the devil is an **enemy** of God and is against **righteousness**, so also was Elymas.
 ACT	13	10	bc9p	figs-rquestion	οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας?	1	will you not stop perverting the straight paths of the Lord?	Paul uses this question to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you are always saying that the truth about the Lord God is false!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ACT	13	10	p8sa	figs-idiom	τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας	1	the straight paths of the Lord	Here, **straight paths** refer to the ways that are true. Alternate translation: “the true ways of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ACT	13	11	k51g			0	General Information:	The words “you” and “him” refer to Elymas the magician. The word “he” refers to the Sergius Paulus, proconsul (governor of Paphos).
-ACT	13	11	pey7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes speaking to Elymas.
-ACT	13	11	xul9	figs-metonymy	χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ	1	the hand of the Lord upon you	Here, **hand** represents the power of God and “upon you” implies punishment. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ACT	13	11	xul9	figs-metonymy	χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ	1	the hand of the Lord upon you	Here, **hand** represents the power of God and **upon you** implies punishment. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	13	11	rse8	figs-activepassive	ἔσῃ τυφλὸς	1	you will be blind	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make you blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	13	11	w3gh		μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον	1	not seeing the sun	Elymas will be so completely blind that he not even be able to see the sun. Alternate translation: “you will not even see the sun”
+ACT	13	11	w3gh		μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον	1	not seeing the sun	Elymas will be so completely blind that he not even be able to see **the sun**. Alternate translation: “you will not even see the sun”
 ACT	13	11	b5b8		ἄχρι καιροῦ	1	for a time	Alternate translation: “for a period of time” or “until the time appointed by God”
 ACT	13	11	t7j1		ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος	1	a mist and darkness fell on Elymas	Alternate translation: “the eyes of Elymas became blurry and then dark” or “Elymas started seeing unclearly and then he could not see anything”
 ACT	13	11	a7es		περιάγων	1	he is going around	Alternate translation: “Elymas wandered around” or “Elymas started feeling around and”
-ACT	13	12	x9fl		ἀνθύπατος	1	proconsul	This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor”
+ACT	13	12	x9fl		ἀνθύπατος	1	proconsul	A **proconsul** was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor”
 ACT	13	12	pyh7		ἐπίστευσεν	1	believed	Alternate translation: “believed in Jesus”
 ACT	13	12	twa8	figs-activepassive	ἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Κυρίου	1	being astonished at the teaching of the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the Lord amazing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	13	13	i65t	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 13 and 14 give background information about this part of the story. “Paul and his friends” were Barnabas and John Mark (also called John). From this point on, Saul is called Paul in Acts. Paul’s name is listed first which indicates that he had become the leader of the group. It is important to keep this order in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-ACT	13	13	rk3k			0	Connecting Statement:	This is a new part of the story about Paul in Antioch in Pisidia.
-ACT	13	13	r9hi		δὲ	1	Now	This marks the beginning of a new part of the story.
+ACT	13	13	r9hi		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** marks the beginning of a new part of the story about Paul in Antioch in Pisidia.
+ACT	13	13	i65t	writing-background	οἱ περὶ, Παῦλον	1	General Information:	Verses 13 and 14 give background information about this part of the story. Here, **those around Paul** refers to Barnabas and John Mark (also called John). From this point on, Saul is called Paul in Acts. Paul’s name is listed first which indicates that he had become the leader of the group. It is important to keep this order in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	13	13	abcl		οἱ περὶ, Παῦλον	1	those around Paul	This refers to Paul and his companions.
 ACT	13	13	k4s9		ἀναχθέντες…ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου	1	having set sail from Paphos	Alternate translation: “having traveled by sailboat from Paphos”
 ACT	13	13	h1cb		ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας	1	came to Perga in Pamphylia	Alternate translation: “arrived in Perga which is in Pamphylia”
 ACT	13	13	g6l5		Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	But John, withdrawing from them	Alternate translation: “But John Mark, leaving Paul and Barnabas”
 ACT	13	14	vrp1		Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν	1	Antioch of Pisidia	Alternate translation: “the city of Antioch in the district of Pisidia”
-ACT	13	15	dnb4	figs-synecdoche	μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	And after the reading of the law and of the prophets	The **law** and **prophets** refer to parts of the Jewish scriptures which were read. Alternate translation: “And after someone read from the books of the law and the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ACT	13	15	dnb4	figs-synecdoche	μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	And after the reading of the law and of the prophets	The phrase **the law and the prophets** refers to parts of the Jewish scriptures which were read. Alternate translation: “And after someone read from the books of the law and the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	13	15	z7bh		ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντες	1	sent to them, saying	Alternate translation: “told someone to say to them” or “asked someone to tell them”
 ACT	13	15	td4h		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	The term **brothers** is here used by the people in the synagogue to refer to Paul and Barnabas as fellow Jews.
 ACT	13	15	jru8		εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν	1	if there is among you any word of exhortation for the people	Alternate translation: “if you want to say anything to encourage our people”
 ACT	13	15	kj1h		λέγετε	1	speak it	Alternate translation: “please speak it” or “please tell it to us”
-ACT	13	16	tbc4	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	The first word “he” refers to Paul. The second word “he” refers to God. Here the word “our” refers to Paul and his fellow Jews. The words “they” and “them” refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	13	16	p93q			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul begins his speech to those in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch. He begins by talking about things that happened in Israel’s history.
-ACT	13	16	i8pz	translate-symaction	κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ	1	motioned with his hand	This could refer to moving his hands as a signal that he was ready to speak. Alternate translation: “moving his hands to show that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+ACT	13	16	i8pz	translate-symaction	κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ	1	motioned with his hand	This phrase could refer to moving his hands as a signal that he was ready to speak. Alternate translation: “moving his hands to show that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 ACT	13	16	rh93		οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν	1	ones who fear God	This refers to Gentiles who had converted to Judaism. “you who are not Israelites but who worship God”
 ACT	13	16	ah55		τὸν Θεόν, ἀκούσατε	1	God, listen	Alternate translation: “God, listen to me” or “God, listen to what I am about to say”
 ACT	13	17	se2b		ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ	1	The God of this people Israel	Alternate translation: “The God whom the people of Israel worship”
+ACT	13	17	tbc4	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	General Information:	Here the word **our** refers to Paul and his fellow Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	13	17	l9cn		τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	Alternate translation: “our ancestors”
 ACT	13	17	aaj5		τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν	1	exalted the people	Alternate translation: “caused our people to become very numerous”
 ACT	13	17	vw4z	figs-metonymy	μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ	1	with an uplifted arm	This refers to God’s mighty power. Alternate translation: “with great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	13	17	b74t		ἐξ αὐτῆς	1	from it	Alternate translation: “out from the land of Egypt”
 ACT	13	18	zv9e		ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς	1	he put up with them	This means “he tolerated them.” Some versions have a different word that means “he took care of them.” Alternate translation: “God endured their disobedience” or “God took care of them”
-ACT	13	19	nvp7	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word “he” refers to God. The words “their land” refer to the land the seven nations had previously occupied. The word “them” refers to the people of Israel. The word “our” refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	13	19	nvp7	figs-exclusive	καθελὼν… κατεκληρονόμησεν…τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν	1	General Information:	Here the word **he** refers to God. The word **them** refers to the people of Israel. The words **their land** refer to the land the seven nations had previously occupied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	13	19	h5qg		ἔθνη	1	nations	Here the word **nations** refers to different people groups and not to geographical boundaries.
 ACT	13	20	abcm		ἔδωκεν	1	he gave them	Alternate translation: “God gave them”
 ACT	13	20	qmc8		ἕως Σαμουὴλ προφήτου	1	until Samuel the prophet	Alternate translation: “until the time of the prophet Samuel”
-ACT	13	21	akg6			0	General Information:	The quotation here is from the history of Samuel and from a Psalm of Ethan in the Old Testament.
 ACT	13	21	yxi8		ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα	1	for 40 years	Alternate translation: “to be their king for 40 years”
 ACT	13	22	z4x3		μεταστήσας αὐτὸν	1	having removed him	This expression means God caused Saul to stop being king. Alternate translation: “rejected Saul from being king”
 ACT	13	22	bsp6		ἤγειρεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα	1	he raised up David for them as their king	Alternate translation: “God chose David to be their king”
 ACT	13	22	iyd6		βασιλέα	1	their king	Alternate translation: “the king of Israel” or “the king over the Israelites”
 ACT	13	22	sw2r		ᾧ καὶ εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας	1	to whom having testified, he also said	Alternate translation: “about whom God testified by saying”
+ACT	13	22	akg6		εὗρον Δαυεὶδ τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου	1	General Information:	The quotation here is from the history of Samuel and from a Psalm of Ethan in the Old Testament.
 ACT	13	22	dbu5		εὗρον	1	I have found	Alternate translation: “I have observed that”
 ACT	13	22	mp53	figs-idiom	ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου	1	a man according to my heart	This expression means he “a man who wants what I want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ACT	13	23	lby6			0	General Information:	The quotation here is from the Gospels.
-ACT	13	23	xj5a		τούτου…ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος	1	From the descendants of this one	This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David’s descendants ([Acts 13:22](../13/22.md)). Alternate translation: “From David’s descendants”
-ACT	13	23	kc76	figs-metonymy	ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	brought to Israel	This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “gave to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ACT	13	23	xj5a		τούτου…ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος	1	From the descendants of this one	This phrase is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the Savior had to be one of David’s descendants ([Acts 13:22](../13/22.md)). Alternate translation: “From David’s descendants”
+ACT	13	23	kc76	figs-metonymy	ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	brought to Israel	Here, **Israel** refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “gave to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	13	23	mk5g		κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν	1	according to promise	Alternate translation: “just as God promised he would do”
 ACT	13	24	abcn		πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ	1	before the face of his coming	Alternate translation: “before the coming of Jesus”
 ACT	13	24	x892	figs-abstractnouns	βάπτισμα μετανοίας	1	a baptism of repentance	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **repentance**, you could express the same idea with the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “a baptism to repent” or “a baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent for their sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ACT	13	25	lby6		τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι? οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ, ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι	1	General Information:	The quotation here is from the Gospels.
 ACT	13	25	vww3	figs-rquestion	τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι?	1	Who do you think I am?	John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about who I am.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ACT	13	25	rp32	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ	1	I am not him	John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: “I am not the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	13	25	nnl5		ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ	1	But behold	This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next.
+ACT	13	25	nnl5		ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ	1	But behold	This phrase emphasizes the importance of what he will say next.
 ACT	13	25	r1pl	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ	1	one is coming after me	This also refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “the Messiah will soon come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	13	25	gys2		οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι	1	of whom the sandals of his feet I am not worthy to untie	The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel worthy do the lowest job for him. Alternate translation: “and I am not worthy even to untie his shoes”
-ACT	13	26	jdp6	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	The word “they” and “their” refers to the Jews who lived in Jerusalem. Here the word “us” includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	13	25	gys2		οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι	1	of whom the sandals of his feet I am not worthy to untie	The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel **worthy** do the lowest job for him. Alternate translation: “and I am not worthy even to untie his shoes”
+ACT	13	26	jdp6	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	General Information:	Here the word **us** includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	13	26	kci9		ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν	1	brothers, sons of the family of Abraham, and those among you who fear God	Paul addresses his audience of Jews and Gentile converts to Judaism to remind them of their special status as worshiping the true God.
 ACT	13	26	u6zn	figs-activepassive	ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη	1	the word about this salvation has been sent	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sent the message about this salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	13	26	v6r3	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης	1	about this salvation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “that God will save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1676,30 +1661,29 @@ ACT	13	27	psk5		τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες	1	did not recognize this o
 ACT	13	27	ri1f	figs-metonymy	τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν	1	the voices of the prophets	Here the word **voices** represents the message of the prophets. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” or “the message of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	13	27	m4tz	figs-activepassive	τὰς…ἀναγινωσκομένας	2	that are read	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “which someone reads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	13	27	rle6		τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν…ἐπλήρωσαν	1	they fulfilled the voices of the prophets	Alternate translation: “they actually did just what the prophets said that they would do”
-ACT	13	28	v3hw			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word “him” here refers to Jesus.
+ACT	13	28	v3hw			0	General Information:	Here the word **they** refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word **him** here refers to Jesus.
 ACT	13	28	y9j6		μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες	1	they found no reason for death	Alternate translation: “they did not find any reason why anyone should kill Jesus”
 ACT	13	28	d4xm		ᾐτήσαντο Πειλᾶτον	1	they asked Pilate	The word **asked** here is a strong word meaning to demand, beg or plead for.
 ACT	13	29	sq1j		ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα	1	And when they had completed all that had been written about him	Alternate translation: “And when they did to Jesus all the things that the prophets said would happen to him”
 ACT	13	29	m5f1	figs-explicit	καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου	1	taking him down from the tree	It may be helpful to explicitly say Jesus died before this happened. Alternate translation: “they killed Jesus and then took him down from the cross after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	13	29	vwt4	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου	1	from the tree	This was another way people at that time referred to the cross. Alternate translation: “from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	13	29	vwt4	figs-explicit	τοῦ ξύλου	1	from the tree	This was another way people at that time referred to the cross. Alternate translation: “the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	13	30	h5jw		ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν	1	But God raised him	**But** indicates a strong contrast between what the people did and what God did.
 ACT	13	30	mqx8		ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	raised him from the dead	To be with **the dead** means that Jesus was dead. Alternate translation: “raised him from among those who were dead”
 ACT	13	30	zsx4	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν	1	raised him	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ACT	13	30	d14p		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of making that person alive again.
+ACT	13	30	d14p		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This phrase means “from among all those who have died.” This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of making that person alive again.
 ACT	13	31	ig7w	figs-activepassive	ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	He was seen for many days by those who had come up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The disciples who traveled with Jesus from Galilee to Jerusalem saw him for many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	13	31	g4vl		ἡμέρας πλείους	1	many days	We know from other writings that this period was 40 days. Translate **many days** with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time.
 ACT	13	31	vqj4		νῦν εἰσιν μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν	1	are now his witnesses to the people	Alternate translation: “are now testifying to the people about Jesus” or “are now telling the people about Jesus”
-ACT	13	32	ipb9			0	General Information:	The second quotation here is from the prophet Isaiah.
-ACT	13	32	y273		καὶ	1	And	This word marks an event that happened because of previous event. In this case, the previous event is God’s raising Jesus from the dead.
 ACT	13	32	hr2g		τοὺς πατέρας	1	our fathers	Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts. Alternate translation: “our ancestors”
 ACT	13	33	b1uh	translate-versebridge	ταύτην ὁ Θεὸς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν	1	God has fulfilled this for our children	You may need to rearrange the parts of this sentence, which begins in verse 32. “God has fulfilled for us, their children, these promises that he made to our ancestors, by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 ACT	13	33	dy6w		τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν	1	for our children	Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. Some ancient copies read, “for us, their children” but the best copies read, “for our children.”
 ACT	13	33	d95n	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν	1	by raising up Jesus	Here, **raising up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “by making Jesus alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ACT	13	33	y3tz		ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ	1	As it is also written in the second Psalm	Alternate translation: “This is what was also written in the second Psalm”
 ACT	13	33	h9ir		τῷ ψαλμῷ…τῷ δευτέρῳ	1	the second Psalm	Alternate translation: “Psalm 2”
-ACT	13	33	tla1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱός…γεγέννηκά σε	1	Son … I have fathered you	These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+ACT	13	33	tla1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱός…γεγέννηκά σε	1	Son … I have fathered you	**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+ACT	13	34	ipb9		δώσω ὑμῖν τὰ ὅσια Δαυεὶδ τὰ πιστά	1	General Information:	This quotation here is from the prophet Isaiah.
 ACT	13	34	iy5q		ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν	1	And that he raised him up from the dead, never to be about to return to decay, he has spoken in this way	Alternate translation: “God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again”
-ACT	13	34	h3nj		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
+ACT	13	34	h3nj		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
 ACT	13	34	q3kq		τὰ ὅσια…τὰ πιστά	1	the holy and sure blessings	Alternate translation: “the holy and certain blessings”
 ACT	13	35	r1ev	figs-explicit	διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει	1	On account of this he also says in another place	Paul’s audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	13	35	gl8s		καὶ…λέγει	1	he also says	David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken. Alternate translation: “David also says”
@@ -1713,20 +1697,19 @@ ACT	13	36	la5s	figs-metonymy	εἶδεν διαφθοράν	1	saw decay	The phra
 ACT	13	37	bmw3		ὃν δὲ	1	But he whom	Alternate translation: “But Jesus whom”
 ACT	13	37	n9pl	figs-idiom	ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν	1	God raised up	Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ACT	13	37	j52x	figs-metonymy	οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν	1	did not see decay	The phrase **did not see decay** is a way to say “his body did not decay.” Alternate translation: “did not rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	13	38	ki8q			0	General Information:	Here the word “him” refers to Jesus.
 ACT	13	38	yg35		γνωστὸν…ἔστω ὑμῖν	1	let it be known to you	Alternate translation: “know this” or “this is important for you to know”
-ACT	13	38	qy18		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul uses this term because they are his fellow-Jews and followers of Judaism. They are not Christian believers at this point. Alternate translation: “my fellow Israelites and other friends”
+ACT	13	38	qy18		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul uses the term **brothers** because they are his fellow-Jews and followers of Judaism. They are not Christian believers at this point. Alternate translation: “my fellow Israelites and other friends”
 ACT	13	38	t3i5	figs-activepassive	ὅτι διὰ τούτου, ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται, καὶ	1	that because of this, forgiveness of sins is being proclaimed to you, and freedom	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that we proclaim to you that your sins can be forgiven through Jesus, and you can be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	13	38	w7y1	figs-abstractnouns	ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν	1	forgiveness of sins	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **forgiveness**, you could express the same idea with the verb “to forgive.” Alternate translation: “that God can forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ACT	13	39	g5h9	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται	1	In this one every one who believes is justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus justifies everyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ACT	13	39	ki8q		τούτῳ	1	General Information:	Here the term **this one** refers to Jesus.
 ACT	13	39	j6rr		ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων	1	In this one every one who believes	Alternate translation: “By him every person who believes” or “Every one who believes in him”
-ACT	13	40	kk1j			0	General Information:	In his message to the people in the synagogue, Paul quotes the prophet Habakkuk. Here the word “I” refers to God.
-ACT	13	40	zx6p			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes his speech in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch, which he began in [Acts 13:16](../13/16.md).
-ACT	13	40	y2kg	figs-explicit	βλέπετε	1	be careful that	It is implied that the thing they should be careful about is Paul’s message. Alternate translation: “give close attention to the things I have said so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	13	40	y2kg	figs-explicit	βλέπετε	1	be careful that	It is implied that the thing they should **be careful** about is Paul’s message. Alternate translation: “give close attention to the things I have said so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	13	40	tt1x		τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	the thing spoken about in the prophets	Alternate translation: “what the prophets spoke about”
 ACT	13	41	tqk5		ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί	1	Look, you despisers	Alternate translation: “Look, you who feel contempt” or “Look, you who ridicule”
 ACT	13	41	ky3s		θαυμάσατε	1	be astonished	Alternate translation: “be amazed” or “be shocked”
 ACT	13	41	ilh2		καὶ ἀφανίσθητε	1	and perish	Alternate translation: “and die”
+ACT	13	41	kk1j		ἔργον ἐργάζομαι ἐγὼ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν, ἔργον ὃ οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε, ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν	1	General Information:	In his message to the people in the synagogue, Paul quotes the prophet Habakkuk. Here the word **I** refers to God.
 ACT	13	41	dvn1		ἔργον ἐργάζομαι	1	am doing a work	Alternate translation: “am doing something”
 ACT	13	41	nm2q		ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν	1	in your days	Alternate translation: “during your lifetime”
 ACT	13	41	w6tq		ἔργον ὃ	1	A work that	Alternate translation: “I am doing something which”
@@ -1735,39 +1718,40 @@ ACT	13	42	ax8v		ἐξιόντων δὲ, αὐτῶν	1	And as they were leaving
 ACT	13	42	f3sw		παρεκάλουν	1	they begged them	Alternate translation: “the people begged them”
 ACT	13	42	y4p9	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	these same words	Here, **words** refers to the message that Paul had spoken. Alternate translation: “this same message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	13	43	a58z		λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς	1	And when the synagogue meeting had ended	This could mean: (1) this restates “As Paul and Barnabas left” in verse 42 or (2) Paul and Barnabas left the meeting before it ended and this occurs later.
-ACT	13	43	sws7		προσηλύτων	1	proselytes	These were non-Jewish people who converted to Judaism.
+ACT	13	43	sws7		προσηλύτων	1	proselytes	These **proselytes** were non-Jewish people who had converted to Judaism.
 ACT	13	43	q2aj		οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς, ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς	1	who speaking to them, urged them	Alternate translation: “and Paul and Barnabas spoke to those people and urged them”
 ACT	13	43	fv15	figs-explicit	προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to continue in the grace of God	It is implied that they believed Paul’s message that Jesus was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “to continue to trust that God kindly forgives people’s sins because of what Jesus did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	13	44	m129			0	General Information:	Here the word “him” refers to Paul.
 ACT	13	44	vq3y	figs-metonymy	σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις συνήχθη	1	almost the whole city was gathered together	The **city** represents the people in the city. This phrase is used to show the great response to the Lord’s word. Alternate translation: “almost all the people of the city were gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	13	44	yga7	figs-explicit	ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to hear the word of the Lord	It is implied that Paul and Barnabas were the ones who spoke the word of the Lord. Alternate translation: “to hear Paul and Barnabas speak about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	13	45	j4zq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **Jews** represents Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	13	45	qrh2	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου	1	they were filled with jealousy	Here, **jealousy** is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “they became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	13	45	nc5l		ἀντέλεγον	1	spoke against	Alternate translation: “contradicted” or “opposed”
 ACT	13	45	m1an	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λαλουμένοις	1	the things that were said by Paul	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that Paul said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	13	46	zvt5	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	The first two instances of the word “you” are plural and refer to the Jews to whom Paul is speaking. Here the words “we” and “us” refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present. Paul’s quotation is from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament. In the original passage, the word “I” refers to God and the word “you” is singular and refers to the Messiah. Here, Paul and Barnabas seem to be saying that the quotation also refers to their ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	13	46	zvt5	figs-exclusive	ὑμῖν…ἀπωθεῖσθε…στρεφόμεθα	1	General Information:	The first two instances of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Jews to whom Paul is speaking. Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	13	46	as6q	figs-explicit	ἦν ἀναγκαῖον	1	It was necessary for	This implies that God had commanded this be done. Alternate translation: “God commanded that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	13	46	jn55	figs-synecdoche	ὑμῖν…ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	necessary for the word of God first to be spoken to you	Here, **word of God** is a synecdoche for “message from God.” Alternate translation: “the message of God had to be spoken to you first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	13	46	d08v	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν…ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “necessary that we speak the message from God to you first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	13	46	lly5	figs-metaphor	ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν	1	Since you reject it	Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: “Since you reject the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	13	46	ms36		οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς	1	judge yourselves unworthy of eternal life	Alternate translation: “seem to think you are not worthy of eternal life” or “act as though you are not worthy of eternal life”
-ACT	13	46	rf9k	figs-explicit	στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη	1	we will turn to the Gentiles	Paul and Barnadas were implying that they would preach to the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	13	46	rf9k	figs-explicit	στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη	1	we will turn to the Gentiles	Paul and Barnabas were implying that they would preach to **the Gentiles**. Alternate translation: “we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	13	47	tx94	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		Here the word **us** refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	13	47	xbiw	figs-you	τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς	1		Paul’s quotation is from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament. In the original passage, the word **I** refers to God and the word **you** is singular and refers to the Messiah. Here, Paul and Barnabas seem to be saying that the quotation also refers to their ministry.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ACT	13	47	v8au	figs-metaphor	εἰς φῶς	1	as a light	Here the truth about Jesus that Paul was preaching is spoken of as if it were **a light** that allowed people to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	13	47	t5sp	figs-abstractnouns	εἶναί…εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς	1	should be for salvation as far as the end of the earth	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with the verb “to save.” The phrase **end** refers to everywhere. Alternate translation: “should tell people everywhere in the world that I want to save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ACT	13	48	e9ag	figs-metonymy	ἐδόξαζον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	glorified the word of the Lord	Here, **word** refers to the message about Jesus that they had believed. Alternate translation: “praised God for the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	13	48	jct2	figs-activepassive	ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	as many as were appointed to eternal life	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as many as God appointed to eternal life” or “all the people whom God had chosen to receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	13	49	qh9z	figs-metonymy	διεφέρετο…ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου δι’ ὅλης τῆς χώρας	1	the word of the Lord was being spread throughout the whole region	Here, **word** refers to the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “and the message of Jesus was being spread through the whole region by those who believed spread the word of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	13	49	fpkr	figs-activepassive	διεφέρετο…ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου δι’ ὅλης τῆς χώρας	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who believed went everywhere in the region and told others about the message of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	13	50	eqi5			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas.
-ACT	13	50	t4bv			0	Connecting Statement:	This ends Paul and Barnabas’ time in Antioch of Pisidia and they go to Iconium.
+ACT	13	50	eqi5		αὐτοὺς	1	General Information:	Here the word **them** refers to Paul and Barnabas.
 ACT	13	50	u8rm	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	This probably refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	13	50	cf21		παρώτρυναν	1	stirred up	Alternate translation: “convinced” or “urged on”
 ACT	13	50	wmm5		τοὺς πρώτους	1	the leading men	Alternate translation: “the most important men”
 ACT	13	50	n7qe		ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρναβᾶν	1	a persecution arose against Paul and Barnabas	Alternate translation: “They convinced the important men and women to persecute Paul and Barnabas”
 ACT	13	50	cq9h		ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν	1	threw them out from their boundaries	Alternate translation: “they removed Paul and Barnabas from their city”
+ACT	13	51	t4bv		ἦλθον εἰς Ἰκόνιον	1	Connecting Statement:	This ends Paul and Barnabas’ time in Antioch of Pisidia and they go to **Iconium**.
 ACT	13	51	abco		οἱ δὲ, ἐκτιναξάμενοι	1	But when they had shaken off	Alternate translation: “But after Paul and Silas shook off”
 ACT	13	51	xi1z	writing-symlanguage	οἱ…ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς	1	when they had shaken off the dust from their feet against them	This was a symbolic act to indicate to the unbelieving people that God had rejected them and would punish them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
-ACT	13	52	dp5k		οἵ…μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples	This probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left.
+ACT	13	52	dp5k		οἵ…μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples	Here, **the disciples** probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left.
 ACT	14	intro	rsg2			0		# Acts 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The message of his grace”<br><br>The message of Jesus is the message that God will show grace to those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Zeus and Hermes<br><br>The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods who do not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the “living God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.”<br><br>Jesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul is saying the same thing using different words.
 ACT	14	1	vh8u			0	General Information:	The story of Paul and Barnabas in Iconium continues.
 ACT	14	1	hk1z		ἐγένετο δὲ, ἐν Ἰκονίῳ	1	And it happened that Iconium	This begins a new event.
@@ -1790,30 +1774,27 @@ ACT	14	5	s5h7			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to Paul a
 ACT	14	5	q6g2		ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς	1	to mistreat and stone them	Alternate translation: “to beat Paul and Barnabas and to kill them by throwing stones at them”
 ACT	14	6	tpl1	translate-names	τῆς Λυκαονίας	1	of Lycaonia	A district in Asia Minor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	14	6	m5gv	translate-names	Λύστραν	1	Lystra	A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and north of Derbe (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	14	6	tl4q	translate-names	Δέρβην	1	Derbe	A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and Lystra (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	14	6	tl4q	translate-names	Δέρβην	1	Derbe	**Derbe** is a city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and Lystra (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	14	7	z5nd		κἀκεῖ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν	1	and where they continued to proclaim the gospel	Alternate translation: “and where Paul and Barnabas continued to proclaim the good news”
-ACT	14	8	ep46			0	General Information:	The first word “he” refers to the crippled man; the second word “he” refers to Paul. The word “him” refers to the crippled man.
-ACT	14	8	l5pu			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and Barnabas are now in Lystra.
-ACT	14	8	wb5k	writing-participants	τις ἀνὴρ…ἐκάθητο	1	a certain man sat	This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+ACT	14	8	wb5k	writing-participants	τις ἀνὴρ…ἐκάθητο	1	a certain man sat	This phrase introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 ACT	14	8	kz7d		ἀδύνατος…τοῖς ποσὶν	1	powerless in his feet	Alternate translation: “unable to move his legs” or “unable to walk on his feet”
 ACT	14	8	tca1		χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	lame from the womb of his mother	Alternate translation: “having been born as a cripple”
-ACT	14	8	hw4l		χωλὸς	1	crippled	unable to walk
 ACT	14	9	di49		ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ	1	He looked intently at him	Alternate translation: “Paul looked straight at the man”
 ACT	14	9	xak4	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι	1	he has faith to be saved	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you can express it with the verb “believe”. Alternate translation: “he believed so that he could be healed” or “he believed so that he could be made well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ACT	14	9	uwov	figs-activepassive	ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus could heal him” or “he believed that Jesus could make him well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	14	10	v1kz		ἥλατο	1	he jumped up	This implies that his legs were completely healed. Alternate translation: “he leaped in the air”
+ACT	14	10	v1kz		ἥλατο	1	he jumped up	This implies that the man's legs were completely healed. Alternate translation: “he leaped in the air”
 ACT	14	11	axe6		ὃ ἐποίησεν Παῦλος	1	what Paul had done	This refers to Paul’s healing the crippled man.
 ACT	14	11	lvs9		ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν	1	they raised their voice	Here, **raised their voice** means to speak loudly. Alternate translation: “they spoke loudly” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
-ACT	14	11	d1gz	figs-explicit	οἱ θεοὶ…κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	The gods … have come down to us	A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan gods who had come down from heaven. Alternate translation: “The gods … have come down from heaven to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	14	11	x3bi		Λυκαονιστὶ	1	in the Lycaonian language	The people of Lystra spoke Lycaonian and also Greek. Alternate translation: “in their own Lycaonian language”
+ACT	14	11	d1gz	figs-explicit	οἱ θεοὶ…κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	The gods … have come down to us	A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan **gods** who had come down from heaven. Alternate translation: “The gods … have come down from heaven to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	14	11	x3bi		Λυκαονιστὶ	1	in the Lycaonian language	The people of Lystra spoke **Lycaonian** and also Greek. Alternate translation: “in their own Lycaonian language”
 ACT	14	11	rm85		ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις	1	being made like men	These people believed that the gods needed to change their appearance in order to look like men.
-ACT	14	12	t7uu	translate-names	Δία	1	Zeus	Zeus was the king over all the other pagan gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	14	12	hh25	translate-names	Ἑρμῆν	1	Hermes	Hermes was the pagan god who brought messages to people from Zeus and the other gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	14	13	iz6r	figs-explicit	ὅ τε ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως…ἐνέγκας	1	And the priest of the temple of Zeus, which was in front of the city, brought	It may be helpful to include additional information about the priest. Alternate translation: “And there was a temple just outside the city where the people worshiped Zeus. When the priest who served in the temple heard what Paul and Barnabas had done, he brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	14	12	t7uu	translate-names	Δία	1	Zeus	**Zeus** was the king over all the other pagan gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	14	12	hh25	translate-names	Ἑρμῆν	1	Hermes	**Hermes** was the pagan god who brought messages to people from Zeus and the other gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	14	13	iz6r	figs-explicit	ὅ τε ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως…ἐνέγκας	1	And the priest of the temple of Zeus, which was in front of the city, brought	It may be helpful to include additional information about the **priest**. Alternate translation: “And there was a temple just outside the city where the people worshiped Zeus. When the priest who served in the temple heard what Paul and Barnabas had done, he brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	14	13	v2a9		ταύρους καὶ στέμματα	1	oxen and wreaths	The **oxen** were to be sacrificed. The **wreaths** were either to crown Paul and Barnabas, or put on the oxen for sacrifice.
 ACT	14	13	iha1		ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας	1	to the gates	The **gates** of the cities were often used as a meeting place for the people of the city.
 ACT	14	13	ud37		ἤθελεν θύειν	1	wanting to sacrifice	Alternate translation: “wanting to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes”
-ACT	14	14	kt1f		οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρναβᾶς καὶ Παῦλος	1	the apostles, Barnabas and Paul	Luke is here probably using **apostle** in the general sense of “one sent out.”
+ACT	14	14	kt1f		οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρναβᾶς καὶ Παῦλος	1	the apostles, Barnabas and Paul	Luke is here probably using **apostles** in the general sense of “ones sent out.”
 ACT	14	14	kx43		διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν	1	they tore their clothing	This was a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them.
 ACT	14	15	w4fd	figs-rquestion	ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε?	1	Men, why are you doing these things?	Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Men, you must not do these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ACT	14	15	f8vc		ταῦτα ποιεῖτε	1	are you doing these things	Alternate translation: “are you worshiping us”
@@ -1823,34 +1804,32 @@ ACT	14	15	n98g	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπ
 ACT	14	15	qr5b		Θεὸν ζῶντα	1	a living God	Alternate translation: “a God who truly exists” or “a God who lives”
 ACT	14	16	s2rn		ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς	1	In the generations gone by	Alternate translation: “In previous times” or “Until now”
 ACT	14	16	vpt5	figs-metaphor	πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν	1	to go their own ways	Going in a way, or going along a path, is a metaphor for living one’s life. Alternate translation: “to live their lives the way they wanted to” or “to do whatever they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	14	17	fw2s			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and Barnabas continue speaking to the crowd outside the city of Lystra ([Acts 14:8](../14/08.md)).
-ACT	14	17	kig8	figs-litotes	οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν	1	he did not leave himself without witness	This could also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God has certainly left a witness” or “God has indeed testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+ACT	14	17	kig8	figs-litotes	οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν	1	he did not leave himself without witness	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … without**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “God has certainly left a witness” or “God has indeed testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 ACT	14	17	ps9z	figs-metonymy	ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	filling your hearts with food and gladness	Here, **your hearts** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	14	18	ut73		μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς	1	they barely restrained the crowds from sacrificing to them	Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so.
+ACT	14	18	ut73		μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς	1	they barely restrained the crowds from sacrificing to them	Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude **from sacrificing to them**, but it was difficult to do so.
 ACT	14	18	la43		μόλις κατέπαυσαν	1	they barely restrained	Alternate translation: “had difficulty preventing”
-ACT	14	19	bz7k			0	General Information:	Here the words “he” and “him” refer to Paul.
-ACT	14	19	wmc2	figs-explicit	πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους	1	persuaded the crowds	It my be helpful to explicitly state what they persuaded the crowd to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded the people not to believe Paul and Barnabas, and to turn against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	14	19	xbv3		τοὺς ὄχλους	1	the crowds	This may not be the same group as the “multitude” in the previous verse. Some time had passed, and this might be a different group that gathered together.
+ACT	14	19	wmc2	figs-explicit	πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους	1	persuaded the crowds	It my be helpful to explicitly state what they **persuaded the crowds** to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded the people not to believe Paul and Barnabas, and to turn against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	14	19	xbv3		τοὺς ὄχλους	1	the crowds	These **crowds** may not be the same group as the “multitude” in the previous verse. Some time had passed, and this might be a different group that gathered together.
 ACT	14	19	t8mg		νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι	1	thinking him to be dead	Alternate translation: “because they thought that he was already dead”
-ACT	14	20	pan3		τῶν μαθητῶν	1	the disciples	These were new believers in the city of Lystra.
+ACT	14	20	pan3		τῶν μαθητῶν	1	the disciples	These **disciples** were new believers in the city of Lystra.
 ACT	14	20	aqx3		εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν	1	he entered into the city	Alternate translation: “Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers”
 ACT	14	20	e2y9		ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ εἰς Δέρβην	1	he went with Barnabas to Derbe	Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe”
-ACT	14	21	wv7e	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the words “they” and “They” refer to Paul. Here the word “We” includes Paul, Barnabas, and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	14	22	rh8q	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1		Here the word **us** includes Paul, Barnabas, and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	14	21	ykt4		τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην	1	in that city	Alternate translation: “in Derbe” ([Acts 14:20](../14/20.md))
-ACT	14	22	ek9l	figs-synecdoche	ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν	1	They were strengthening the souls of the disciples	Here, **souls** refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus” or “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ACT	14	22	ek9l	figs-synecdoche	ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν	1	They were strengthening the souls of the disciples	Here, **souls** refers to the **disciples**. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus” or “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	14	22	zkd2		παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει	1	and encouraging them to continue in the faith	Alternate translation: “and encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus”
 ACT	14	22	d9ic	writing-quotations	καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	and saying, “It is necessary for us to enter into the kingdom of God through many afflictions.”	Some version translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 ACT	14	22	wu1c	figs-exclusive	δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν	1	It is necessary for us to enter	Paul includes his hearers, so the word **us** is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ACT	14	23	pk5l			0	General Information:	Except for the third use of the word “they” which refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord, all the words “they” here refer to Paul and Barnabas.
+ACT	14	23	pk5l		χειροτονήσαντες…παρέθεντο…πεπιστεύκεισαν	1	General Information:	The first two occurrences of **they** here refer to Paul and Barnabas. The third occurrence of **they** refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord.
 ACT	14	23	mqp9		χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους	1	And when they had appointed for them elders in every church	Alternate translation: “And when Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers”
 ACT	14	23	nd87		παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς	1	they entrusted them	This could mean: (1) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the elders they had appointed” or (2) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the leaders and other believers”
 ACT	14	23	ls62		εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν	1	in whom they had believed	Who **they** refers to depends on your choice for the meaning of “them” in the previous note (either elders or leaders and other believers).
 ACT	14	25	t513	figs-metonymy	καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τὸν λόγον	1	And when they had spoken the word in Perga	Here, **word** is a metonym for “message of God.” Alternate translation: “And when they had spoken the message about Jesus in Perga” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	14	25	h8sh		κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν	1	they went down to Attalia	The phrase **went down** is used here because Attalia is lower in elevation than Perga.
 ACT	14	26	f2cg		ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	where they had been commended to the grace of God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “where believers and leaders in Antioch had commended Paul and Barnabas to the grace of God” or “where the people of Antioch prayed that God would care for and protect Paul and Barnabas”
-ACT	14	27	vcd3			0	General Information:	Here the words “they,” “them,” and “They” refer to Paul and Barnabas. The word “he” refers to God.
+ACT	14	27	vcd3		παραγενόμενοι…ἀνήγγελλον…αὐτῶν…ἤνοιξεν	1	General Information:	Here the words **they** and **them** refer to Paul and Barnabas. The word **he** refers to God.
 ACT	14	27	i9dv		συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	gathered together the church	Alternate translation: “called the local believers to meet together”
-ACT	14	27	b4id	figs-metaphor	ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως	1	he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles	God’s enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. Alternate translation: “God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ACT	14	27	b4id	figs-metaphor	ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως	1	he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles	God’s enabling **the Gentiles** to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into **faith**. Alternate translation: “God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	14	28	abcq	figs-litotes	χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον	1	for not a little time	This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean “a lot.” Alternate translation: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 ACT	15	intro	h917			0		# Acts 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17.<br><br>The meeting that Luke describes in this chapter is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.” This was a time when many church leaders got together to decide if believers needed to obey the whole law of Moses.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>In this chapter Luke begins to use the word “brothers” to refer to fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews.<br><br>### Obeying the law of Moses<br><br>Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised and that this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not want the Gentiles to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do.<br><br>### “Abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality”<br><br>It is possible that the church leaders decided on these laws so that Jews and Gentiles could not only live together but eat the same foods together.
 ACT	15	1	qck6			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch when there is a dispute about the Gentiles and circumcision.
@@ -1860,9 +1839,8 @@ ACT	15	1	zi1n	figs-explicit	ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	t
 ACT	15	1	pm8h	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι	1	Unless you are circumcised in the custom of Moses, you are not able to be saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Unless someone circumcises you in the custom of Moses, God cannot save you” or “God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	15	2	abcr	figs-litotes	στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης	1	not a little dispute and debate	This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean “a lot.” Alternate translation: “a sharp dispute and debate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 ACT	15	2	f9nd	figs-abstractnouns	στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης	1	not a little dispute and debate	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas behind the words **dispute** and **debate**, you could express the same ideas with verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “strongly confronted and debated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ACT	15	2	ek6a		ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	to go up … in Jerusalem	Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
+ACT	15	2	ek6a		ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	to go up … in Jerusalem	Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem.
 ACT	15	2	z983		τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου	1	this question	Alternate translation: “this issue”
-ACT	15	3	h2mw			0	General Information:	Here the words “They,” “they,” and “them” refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others ([Acts 15:2](../15/02.md)).
 ACT	15	3	av5y	figs-activepassive	οἱ μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	Therefore, the ones who had been sent by the church	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem, and they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	15	3	aia5	figs-metonymy	προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	who had been sent by the church	Here, **church** refers to the people that were a part of the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	15	3	i5kd		διήρχοντο τήν τε Φοινίκην καὶ Σαμάρειαν, ἐκδιηγούμενοι	1	passed through both Phoenicia and Samaria announcing	The words **passed through** and **announcing** indicate they spent some time in different places sharing in detail what God was doing.
@@ -1871,15 +1849,14 @@ ACT	15	3	nje7	figs-metaphor	ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσι
 ACT	15	3	bbd4		πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	to all the brothers	Here, **brothers** refers to fellow believers.
 ACT	15	4	ej1r	figs-activepassive	παρεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	they were welcomed by the church, and the apostles, and the elders	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles, the elders, and the rest of the community of believers welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	15	4	a2x1		μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	with them	Alternate translation: “through them”
-ACT	15	5	efe5			0	General Information:	Here the word “them” refers to non-Jewish believers who were not circumcised and did not keep the Old Testament laws of God.
-ACT	15	5	f2b5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders there.
-ACT	15	5	k6k7		δέ τινες	1	But certain ones	Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation.
+ACT	15	5	efe5		αὐτοὺς, παραγγέλλειν	1	General Information:	Here both occurrences of the word **them** refers to non-Jewish believers who were not circumcised and did not keep the Old Testament laws of God.
+ACT	15	5	k6k7		δέ τινες	1	But certain ones	Here Luke uses the word **But** to contrast those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation.
 ACT	15	5	b9nt		τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως	1	to keep the law of Moses	Alternate translation: “to obey the law of Moses”
 ACT	15	6	ugu6		ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου	1	to see about this matter	The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins.
 ACT	15	7	wct8	figs-you	αὐτούς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν	1	General Information:	The word **them** refers to apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)). Both occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the apostles and elders present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ACT	15	7	hxu9			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law ([Acts 15:5-6](./05.md)).
 ACT	15	7	a6q9		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Peter is addressing all of the believers who were present.
-ACT	15	7	s3wb	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου	1	by my mouth	Here, **mouth** refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “from me” or “by me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ACT	15	7	s3wb	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου	1	by my mouth	Here, **my mouth** refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “from me” or “by me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	15	7	yer1		ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη	1	the Gentiles to hear	Alternate translation: “that the Gentiles would hear”
 ACT	15	7	b5s8	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	the word of the gospel	Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	15	8	m1xc	figs-metonymy	καρδιογνώστης	1	who knows the heart	Here, **heart** refers to the “minds” or “inner beings.” Alternate translation: “who knows the people’s minds” or “who knows what people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1888,29 +1865,28 @@ ACT	15	8	i1gc		δοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1	giving them the
 ACT	15	8	abcs	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν	1	just as also to us	Here Luke expects his readers to understand the words “he gave” that he leaves out. Alternate translation: “just as he also gave to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ACT	15	8	wlzx	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		Here, **us** is plural and refers to Peter, the apostles and elders, and all Jewish believers in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	15	9	zs2g		οὐδὲν διέκρινεν	1	he did not distinguish	God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers.
-ACT	15	9	ase1	figs-metaphor	τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	having made their hearts clean by faith	God’s forgiving the Gentile believers’ sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Alternate translation: “forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ACT	15	9	ase1	figs-metaphor	τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	having made their hearts clean by faith	God’s forgiving the Gentile believers’ sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned **their hearts**. Alternate translation: “forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	15	9	yi8r	figs-metonymy	τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1		Here, **heart** stands for the person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “forgiving them because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	15	10	ha45	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Peter includes his audience by his use of “our” and “we.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ACT	15	10	wjq7			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders.
-ACT	15	10	rfr4		νῦν	1	Now	This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
+ACT	15	10	ha45	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς	1	General Information:	Peter includes his audience by his use of **our** and **we**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	15	10	rfr4		νῦν	1	Now	Here, **Now** does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
 ACT	15	10	zaz6	figs-rquestion	τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι?	1	why are you testing God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear?	Peter uses this question to convict the disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not test God by putting a yoke on the neck of the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ACT	15	10	qpyd	figs-metaphor	ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν	1		Peter uses a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: “putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	15	10	bfd5		οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	This refers to their Jewish ancestors.
+ACT	15	10	bfd5		οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	Here, **our fathers** refers to their Jewish ancestors.
 ACT	15	11	q28c	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι	1	But we believe to be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, and they according to that same manner	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	15	12	um1p			0	General Information:	Here the word “them” refers to Paul and Barnabas.
-ACT	15	12	d1uc		πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος	1	all the crowd	See how you translated this in ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) Alternate translation: “everyone” or “the whole group”
+ACT	15	12	um1p		αὐτῶν	1	General Information:	Here the word **them** refers to Paul and Barnabas.
+ACT	15	12	d1uc		πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος	1	all the crowd	See how you translated this phrase in ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) Alternate translation: “everyone” or “the whole group”
 ACT	15	12	uks6		ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	God had worked	Alternate translation: “God had done” or “God had caused”
-ACT	15	13	vb25			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas ([Acts 15:12](../15/12.md)).
+ACT	15	13	vb25		αὐτοὺς	1	General Information:	Here the word **they** refers to Paul and Barnabas ([Acts 15:12](../15/12.md)).
 ACT	15	13	l7mp			0	Connecting Statement:	James begins to speak to the apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)).
 ACT	15	13	pl6m		ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ	1	brothers, listen	James was probably speaking only to men. Alternate translation: “fellow believers, listen”
 ACT	15	14	abct		ἐπεσκέψατο, λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν	1	concerned himself to take from the Gentiles	Alternate translation: “graciously helped the Gentiles by taking out of them”
 ACT	15	14	s9dn		λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν	1	to take from them a people	Alternate translation: “so that he might choose from among them a people”
 ACT	15	14	pnr9	figs-metonymy	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	for his name	Here, **name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	15	15	h9um			0	General Information:	Here “I” refers to God who spoke through the words of his prophet.
-ACT	15	15	ibb2			0	Connecting Statement:	James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament.
+ACT	15	15	ibb2			0	Connecting Statement:	In verses 16-18, James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament.
 ACT	15	15	am6y	figs-metonymy	τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν	1	this agrees with the words of the prophets	Here, **words** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “what the prophets said agrees” or “the prophets agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	15	15	nbi1		τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν	1	this agrees with	Alternate translation: “this confirms”
 ACT	15	15	j4f5	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	just as it is written	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as they wrote” or “just as the prophet Amos wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ACT	15	16	h9um		ἀναστρέψω…ἀνοικοδομήσω…ἀνοικοδομήσω	1	General Information:	Here **I** refers to God who spoke through the words of his prophet.
 ACT	15	16	f5wf	figs-metaphor	ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεστραμμένα αὐτῆς, ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν	1	I will build again the tent of David, which has fallen down; and I will rebuild its ruins and will restore it	This speaks of God’s again choosing one of David’s descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	15	16	ist8	figs-metonymy	τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ	1	the tent of David	Here, **tent** stands for David’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	15	17	sm79	figs-metaphor	ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν Κύριον	1	the remnant of men may seek the Lord	This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1919,37 +1895,33 @@ ACT	15	17	pe4l	figs-123person	ἐκζητήσωσιν…τὸν Κύριον	1	m
 ACT	15	17	tu21	figs-activepassive	καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1	including all the Gentiles upon whom my name has been called upon them	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “including all the Gentiles who belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	15	17	c8gm	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	my name	Here, **my name** stands for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	15	18	tr27	figs-activepassive	γνωστὰ	1	known	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	15	19	g3zx	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here “we” includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ACT	15	19	f6za			0	Connecting Statement:	James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: [Acts 15:2](../15/02.md) and [Acts 15:13](../15/13.md))
-ACT	15	19	pyb9	figs-explicit	μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν, ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν	1	not to trouble those from the Gentiles who are turning to God	You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we should not require the Gentiles who are believing in God to become circumcised and to obey the laws of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	15	19	vr6u	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν	1	who are turning to God	A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically **turning** towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ACT	15	19	pyb9	figs-explicit	μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν, ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν	1	not to trouble those from the Gentiles who are turning to God	You can make explicit in what way James does not want **to trouble** **the Gentiles**. Alternate translation: “we should not require the Gentiles who are believing in God to become circumcised and to obey the laws of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	15	19	vr6u	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν	1	who are turning to God	A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically **turning** towards **God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	15	20	wx8f		ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων, καὶ τῆς πορνείας, καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος	1	to keep away from the pollution of idols, and sexual immorality, and things that are strangled, and blood	Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods.
-ACT	15	20	n6f2	figs-explicit	ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων	1	pollution of idols	This possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	15	20	j2rl	figs-explicit	τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος	1	things that are strangled, and blood	God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the blood in it. Also, even earlier in Moses’ writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	15	21	si1h	figs-explicit	Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν Σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος.	1	For Moses has in every city, from ancient generations, those proclaiming him, being read in the synagogues every Sabbath	James is implying that Gentiles know how important these rules are because Jews preach them in every city where there is a synagogue. It also implies the Gentiles can go to the teachers from the synagogues to learn more about these rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	15	20	n6f2	figs-explicit	ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων	1	pollution of idols	This phrase possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	15	20	j2rl	figs-explicit	τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος	1	things that are strangled, and blood	God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the **blood** in it. Also, even earlier in Moses’ writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	15	21	si1h	figs-explicit	Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν Σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος.	1	For Moses has in every city, from ancient generations, those proclaiming him, being read in the synagogues every Sabbath	James is implying that Gentiles know how important these rules are because Jews preach them **in every city** where there is a synagogue. It also implies the Gentiles can go to the teachers from **the synagogues** to learn more about these rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	15	21	zd7t	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσῆς	1	Moses	Here, **Moses** represents the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	15	21	wp1s	figs-activepassive	Μωϋσῆς…ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει	1	Moses has in every city, from ancient generations, those proclaiming him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “there are Jews in every city, from ancient generations, who are proclaiming the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	15	21	xg5n	figs-hyperbole	κατὰ πόλιν	1	in every city	The word **every** here is a generalization. Alternate translation: “in many cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-ACT	15	22	rhn3			0	General Information:	Here the word “them” refers to Judas and Silas. The word “They” refers to the apostles, elders, and other believers of the church in Jerusalem.
 ACT	15	22	hp6j	figs-metonymy	ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	the whole church	Here, **church** refers to the people who are a part of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the church in Jerusalem” or “the whole community of believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	15	22	c711	translate-names	Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν	1	Judas called Barsabbas	This is the name of a man. **Barsabbas** is a second name that people called him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	15	22	c711	translate-names	Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν	1	Judas called Barsabbas	**Judas** is the name of a man. **Barsabbas** is a second name that people called him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	15	23	e4g2		οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, καὶ Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν, ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν	1	The apostles and the elders, brothers, to those throughout Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, who are brothers from among the Gentiles. Greetings	This is the introduction of the letter. Your language may have a way of introducing the author of the letter and to whom it is written. Alternate translation: “This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you” or “To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers”
 ACT	15	23	kp51		ἀδελφοὶ…ἀδελφοῖς	1	brothers … brothers	Here both instances of the word **brothers** refer to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers.
-ACT	15	23	php8	translate-names	Κιλικίαν	1	Cilicia	This is the name of a province on the coast in Asia Minor north of the Island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	15	24	g8m9	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here all instances of “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to the believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
+ACT	15	23	php8	translate-names	Κιλικίαν	1	Cilicia	**Cilicia** is the name of a province on the coast in Asia Minor north of the Island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	15	24	g8m9	figs-exclusive	ὑμᾶς…οὐ διεστειλάμεθα	1	General Information:	Here **us** and **we** refer to the believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
 ACT	15	24	p1tl		ὅτι τινὲς	1	that certain ones	Alternate translation: “that some men”
 ACT	15	24	kh16		οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα	1	who were not ordered by us	Alternate translation: “even though we gave no orders for them to go”
 ACT	15	24	bxq8	figs-synecdoche	ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν	1	to disturb you with teachings that are upsetting your souls	Here, **souls** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “to teach things that have troubled you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ACT	15	25	c3dl		ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας	1	chosen men	The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)).
+ACT	15	25	c3dl		ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας	1	chosen men	The **men** they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)).
 ACT	15	26	t7vw	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” or “because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	15	27	j1jb	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the words “We” and “us” refer to the leaders and believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
-ACT	15	27	v2ee			0	Connecting Statement:	This concludes the letter from the Jerusalem church to the Gentile believers in Antioch.
+ACT	15	27	j1jb	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word **we** refers to the leaders and believers in the church in Jerusalem ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	15	27	xw8l	figs-explicit	αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλλοντας τὰ αὐτά	1	they are reporting to you the same thing in words	This phrase emphasizes that Judas and Silas will say the same things that the apostles and elders had written. Alternate translation: “they themselves will tell you the same things about which we have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	15	28	l9z6	figs-metaphor	μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος, πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες	1	to be laid upon you no greater burden than these necessary things	This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	15	29	nt7s		εἰδωλοθύτων	1	things sacrificed to idols	This means they are not allowed to eat the meat of an animal that someone sacrifices to an idol.
-ACT	15	29	vcc6	figs-explicit	αἵματος	1	blood	This refers to drinking blood or eating meat from which the blood has not been drained. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	15	29	rt55		πνικτῶν	1	things strangled	A strangled animal was killed but its blood was not drained.
-ACT	15	29	buy9		ἔρρωσθε	1	Farewell	This announces the end of the letter. Alternate translation: “Goodbye”
+ACT	15	29	vcc6	figs-explicit	αἵματος	1	blood	This refers to drinking **blood** or eating meat from which the blood has not been drained. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	15	29	rt55		πνικτῶν	1	things strangled	A **strangled** animal was killed but its blood was not drained.
+ACT	15	29	buy9		ἔρρωσθε	1	Farewell	The word **Farewell** announces the end of the letter. Alternate translation: “Goodbye”
 ACT	15	30	khi8			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas leave for Antioch.
 ACT	15	30	c3uk		οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπολυθέντες, κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν	1	So when they were dismissed, they came down to Antioch	The word **they** refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. Alternate translation: “So when the four men were dismissed, they came down to Antioch”
 ACT	15	30	usz6	figs-activepassive	οἱ…ἀπολυθέντες	1	when they were dismissed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the apostles and elders dismissed the four men” or “when the believers in Jerusalem sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1960,9 +1932,9 @@ ACT	15	32	r65l		καὶ αὐτοὶ προφῆται ὄντες	1	also being
 ACT	15	32	e2en		τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers	Alternate translation: “the fellow believers”
 ACT	15	32	j99g	figs-metaphor	ἐπεστήριξαν	1	strengthened them	Helping someone to depend even more on Jesus is spoken of as if they were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	15	33	y2ls			0	Connecting Statement:	Judas and Silas return to Jerusalem while Paul and Barnabas remain in Antioch.
-ACT	15	33	v7pj	figs-metaphor	ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον	1	And after they had spent time there	This speaks about time as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. The word “they” refers to Judas and Silas. Alternate translation: “And after they stayed there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ACT	15	33	v7pj	figs-metaphor	ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον	1	And after they had spent time there	This speaks about **time** as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. The word **they** refers to Judas and Silas. Alternate translation: “And after they stayed there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	15	33	v6im	figs-activepassive	ἀπελύθησαν μετ’ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	they were sent away with peace from the brothers	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the brothers sent Judas and Silas back in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	15	33	wzw4		τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	the brothers	This refers to the believers in Antioch.
+ACT	15	33	wzw4		τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	the brothers	Here, **the brothers** refers to the believers in Antioch.
 ACT	15	33	xv3h		πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς	1	to those who had sent them	See how you translated this in ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)) Alternate translation: “to the believers in Jerusalem who sent Judas and Silas”
 ACT	15	35	e7s4	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	15	36	k6c6			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and Barnabas go on separate journeys.
@@ -1971,153 +1943,143 @@ ACT	15	36	ib2j		ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	let us
 ACT	15	36	ua1f	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Here, **word** stands for the message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	15	36	y9i9		πῶς ἔχουσιν	1	how they are	They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “to learn how they are doing”
 ACT	15	38	a5nn	figs-litotes	Παῦλος…ἠξίου…μὴ συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον	1	Paul thought it wise not to take along him	The words **wise not** are used to say the opposite of **wise**. Alternate translation: “Paul thought that taking Mark along would be foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-ACT	15	38	ht3k		Παμφυλίας	1	Pamphylia	This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
+ACT	15	38	ht3k		Παμφυλίας	1	Pamphylia	**Pamphylia** was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
 ACT	15	38	ln7w		μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον	1	did not go with them in the work	Alternate translation: “did not continue to work with them” or “did not continue to serve with them”
-ACT	15	39	bb8w			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to Barnabas and Paul.
 ACT	15	39	u97a	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμὸς, ὥστε ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων	1	And there arose a sharp disagreement, so as to separate them from each other	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **disagreement**, you could express the same idea with the verb “disagree.” Alternate translation: “And they so strongly disagreed with each other that they separated from each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ACT	15	40	l2uq	figs-activepassive	παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	after he had been entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord	To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord” or “after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	15	41	e3ym	figs-explicit	διήρχετο	1	he went through	The previous sentence implies that Silas was with Paul. Alternate translation: “they went through” or “Paul and Silas went all around in” or “Paul took Silas and went throughout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	15	41	t81z		τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν	1	Syria and Cilicia	These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus.
+ACT	15	41	t81z		τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν	1	Syria and Cilicia	**Syria** and **Cilicia** are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus.
 ACT	15	41	tbv3	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας	1	strengthening the churches	Encouraging the believers in the churches is spoken of as though Paul and Silas were making the believers physically stronger. Alternate translation: “encouraging the believers in the churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	15	41	s7yf	figs-metonymy	ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας	1		The word **churches** refers to the groups of believers in Syria and Cilicia. Alternate translation: “helping the community of believers to depend even more in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	16	intro	e7z2			0		# Acts 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Timothy’s circumcision<br><br>Paul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised.<br><br>### The woman who had a spirit of divination<br><br>Most people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her.
-ACT	16	1	l2b1			0	General Information:	The first, third, and fourth instances of the word “him” refer to Timothy. The second “him” refers to Paul.
-ACT	16	1	f49m	writing-background		0		This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas. Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-ACT	16	1	km5q	figs-go	κατήντησεν…καὶ	1	Paul also came down	Here, **came** can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-ACT	16	1	d4ka		Δέρβην	1	Derbe	This is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in [Acts 14:6](../14/06.md).
+ACT	16	1	km5q	figs-go	κατήντησεν…καὶ	1	Paul also came down	This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas.  Here, **came** can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+ACT	16	1	f49m	writing-background	μαθητής τις ἦν ἐκεῖ ὀνόματι Τιμόθεος, υἱὸς γυναικὸς Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς, πατρὸς δὲ Ἕλληνος	1		**Timothy** is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+ACT	16	1	d4ka		Δέρβην	1	Derbe	**Derbe** is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in [Acts 14:6](../14/06.md).
 ACT	16	1	u3vr		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the narrative. Your language may have a way of doing this.
 ACT	16	1	wxl8	figs-ellipsis	γυναικὸς Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς	1	a believing Jewish woman	The words “in Christ” are understood. Alternate translation: “a Jewish woman who believed in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ACT	16	2	t1lu	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν	1	He was well spoken of by the brothers	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The brothers spoke well of him” or “Timothy had a good reputation among the brothers” or “The brothers said good things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	16	2	rez2		ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν	1	by the brothers	Here, **brothers** refers to believers. Alternate translation: “by the believers”
-ACT	16	3	p6z8		περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν	1	he circumcised him	It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy.
+ACT	16	3	p6z8		περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν	1	he circumcised him	It is possible that Paul himself **circumcised** Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy.
 ACT	16	3	za93		διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις	1	because of the Jews who were in those places	Alternate translation: “because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling”
-ACT	16	3	hk2l	figs-explicit	ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν	1	for they all knew that his father was a Greek	Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	16	4	n46i			0	General Information:	The word “they” here refers to Paul, Silas ([Acts 15:40](../15/40.md)), and Timothy ([Acts 16:3](../16/03.md)).
+ACT	16	3	hk2l	figs-explicit	ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν	1	for they all knew that his father was a Greek	Since **Greek** men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	16	4	n46i		διεπορεύοντο…παρεδίδοσαν	1	General Information:	The word **they** here refers to Paul, Silas ([Acts 15:40](../15/40.md)), and Timothy ([Acts 16:3](../16/03.md)).
 ACT	16	4	bu6r		αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν	1	for them to keep	Alternate translation: “for the church members to obey” or “for the believers to obey”
 ACT	16	4	gpi3	figs-activepassive	τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	that had been decided by the apostles and elders who were in Jerusalem	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	16	5	q8v9	figs-activepassive	αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει, καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ καθ’ ἡμέραν	1	the churches were being strengthened in the faith and were increasing in number each day	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the believers became stronger in their faith, and there were more and more people becoming believers every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	16	5	lv4f	figs-metaphor	αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει	1	the churches were being strengthened in the faith	This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	16	6	g97e		τὴν Φρυγίαν	1	Phrygia	This is a region in Asia. See how you translated this name in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
+ACT	16	6	g97e		τὴν Φρυγίαν	1	Phrygia	**Phrygia** is a region in Asia. See how you translated this name in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
 ACT	16	6	ue3k	figs-activepassive	κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1	having been forbidden by the Holy Spirit	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit had forbidden them” or “because the Holy Spirit did not permit them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	16	6	h4u4	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Here, **word** stands for “message.” Alternate translation: “the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	16	7	x1b1	figs-go	ἐλθόντες	1	when they had come	Here, **had come** can be translated as “had gone” or “had arrived.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-ACT	16	7	b1xq	translate-names	Μυσίαν…Βιθυνίαν	1	Mysia … Bithynia	These are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	16	7	b1xq	translate-names	Μυσίαν…Βιθυνίαν	1	Mysia … Bithynia	**Mysia** and **Bithynia** are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	16	7	b539		τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ	1	the Spirit of Jesus	Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit”
 ACT	16	8	s6l1		κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα	1	they came down to the city of Troas	The phrase **came down** is used here because Troas is lower in elevation than Mysia.
 ACT	16	8	xq6n	figs-go	κατέβησαν	1	they came down	Here, **came** can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 ACT	16	9	t6v2		ὅραμα…τῷ Παύλῳ ὤφθη	1	a vision appeared to Paul	Alternate translation: “Paul saw a vision from God” or “Paul had a vision from God”
 ACT	16	9	hq8e		παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν	1	calling him	Alternate translation: “begging him” or “inviting him”
-ACT	16	9	cm2u		διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν	1	Coming over into Macedonia	The phrase **Coming over** is used because Macedonia is across the sea from Troas.
+ACT	16	9	cm2u		διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν	1	Coming over into Macedonia	The phrase **coming over** is used because **Macedonia** is across the sea from Troas.
 ACT	16	10	fg5h		ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς	1	we sought to go out to Macedonia, reasoning together that God had called us to proclaim the gospel to them	Here the words **we** and **us** refer to Paul and his companions including Luke, the author of Acts.
-ACT	16	11	m2p5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip. Verse 13 begins the story of Lydia. This short story happens during Paul’s travels.
-ACT	16	11	q2pr	translate-names	Σαμοθρᾴκην…Νέαν Πόλιν	1	Samothrace … Neapolis	These are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	16	12	tl9f	figs-explicit	κολωνία	1	a colony	This is a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. Alternate translation: “a Roman colony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	16	14	x8bp			0	Connecting Statement:	This ends the story of Lydia.
-ACT	16	14	n952	writing-participants	τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία	1	a certain woman named Lydia	Here, **a certain woman** introduces a new person in the story. Alternate translation: “there was a woman named Lydia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+ACT	16	11	m2p5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip.
+ACT	16	11	q2pr	translate-names	Σαμοθρᾴκην…Νέαν Πόλιν	1	Samothrace … Neapolis	**Samothrace** and **Neapolis** are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	16	12	tl9f	figs-explicit	κολωνία	1	a colony	This **colony** was a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. Alternate translation: “a Roman colony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	16	14	n952	writing-participants	τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία	1	a certain woman named Lydia	Here, **a certain woman** introduces **Lydia** as a new person in the story. Alternate translation: “there was a woman named Lydia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 ACT	16	14	qj86	figs-ellipsis	πορφυρόπωλις	1	a seller of purple	Here “cloth” is understood. Alternate translation: “a merchant who sold purple cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ACT	16	14	c6n8	translate-names	Θυατείρων	1	of Thyatira	This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	16	14	c6n8	translate-names	Θυατείρων	1	of Thyatira	**Thyatira** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	16	14	cyk3		σεβομένη τὸν Θεόν	1	worshiping God	When Luke says Lydia was **worshiping God**, he is saying that she was a Gentile who gave praise to God and followed him, but did not obey all of the Jewish laws.
 ACT	16	14	rd4r	figs-metaphor	ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν, προσέχειν	1	of whom the Lord opened the heart to pay attention to	For the Lord to cause someone to **pay attention** and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person’s **heart**. Alternate translation: “and the Lord caused her to listen well and to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	16	14	s9ju	figs-metonymy	διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν	1	opened the heart	Here, **heart** stands for a person’s mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	16	14	ddx8	figs-metaphor	διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν	1		The author speaks about the **heart** or “mind” as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	16	14	a74y	figs-activepassive	τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου	1	what was being said by Paul	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what Paul was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	16	15	g7e9	figs-activepassive	ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς	1	And when she was baptized, and her household	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And when they baptized Lydia and members of her household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	16	15	s799	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς	1	her household	This refers to all the people who live in her house. Alternate translation: “the members of her household” or “her family and household servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	16	16	vyn4	writing-background		0	General Information:	Background information is given here to explain that this young fortune teller brought much financial gain to her masters by guessing people’s futures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-ACT	16	16	anc1			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the first event in another short story during Paul’s travels; it is about a young fortune teller.
+ACT	16	15	s799	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς	1	her household	Here, **her household** refers to all the people who live in her house. Alternate translation: “the members of her household” or “her family and household servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	16	16	ufy4		ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
+ACT	16	16	vyn4	writing-background	παιδίσκην τινὰ ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα Πύθωνα, ὑπαντῆσαι ἡμῖν, ἥτις ἐργασίαν πολλὴν παρεῖχεν τοῖς κυρίοις αὐτῆς μαντευομένη	1	General Information:	This verse give background information to explain that this young fortune teller brought much financial gain to her masters by guessing people’s futures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	16	16	y1gc	writing-participants	παιδίσκην τινὰ	1	a certain young female slave	The phrase **a certain** introduces a new person to the story. Alternate translation: “there was a young female slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-ACT	16	16	ymt9		πνεῦμα Πύθωνα	1	a spirit of divination	An evil spirit spoke to her often about the immediate future of people.
+ACT	16	16	ymt9		πνεῦμα Πύθωνα	1	a spirit of divination	An evil **spirit** spoke to her often about the immediate future of people.
 ACT	16	17	tni9	figs-metaphor	ὁδὸν σωτηρίας	1	the way of salvation	How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: “how God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	16	18	lj79	figs-activepassive	διαπονηθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας	1	But Paul, being greatly annoyed and turning	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But she greatly annoyed Paul so he turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	16	18	qi1k	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of Jesus Christ	Here, **name** stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	16	18	u4z8		ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	it came out that same hour	Alternate translation: “the spirit came out immediately”
 ACT	16	19	m1y7		οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς	1	her masters	Alternate translation: “the owners of the slave girl”
 ACT	16	19	r1a1	figs-explicit	ἰδόντες…οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν	1	when her masters saw that their hope of profit was gone	It can be stated clearly why they no longer hoped to make money. Alternate translation: “when her masters saw that she could no longer earn money for them by telling fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	16	19	bws7		εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν	1	into the marketplace	This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services takes place. Alternate translation: “into the public square”
+ACT	16	19	bws7		εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν	1	into the marketplace	The **marketplace** was a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services took place. Alternate translation: “into the public square”
 ACT	16	19	hf82		ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας	1	before the authorities	Alternate translation: “into the presence of the authorities” or “so that the authorities could judge them”
 ACT	16	20	d2rg		προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς	1	when they had brought them to the magistrates	Alternate translation: “when they had brought them to the judges”
-ACT	16	20	wa94		τοῖς στρατηγοῖς	1	to the magistrates	These were rulers or judges.
+ACT	16	20	wa94		τοῖς στρατηγοῖς	1	to the magistrates	These **magistrates** were rulers or judges.
 ACT	16	20	dkz2	figs-exclusive	οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν	1	These men are stirring up our city	Here the word **our** refers to the people of the city and includes the magistrates who ruled it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	16	21	gna6		παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν	1	to accept nor to practice	Alternate translation: “to believe nor to obey” or “to accept nor to do”
-ACT	16	22	r1gr			0	General Information:	Here the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. The word “they” here refers to soldiers.
+ACT	16	22	r1gr		αὐτῶν…περιρήξαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια, ἐκέλευον	1	General Information:	Here the words **their** and **them** refer to Paul and Silas.
 ACT	16	22	at6i	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν	1	commanding them to be beaten with rods	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “commanding the soldiers to beat them with rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	16	23	dsr3		πολλάς…ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς	1	when they had laid many blows upon them	Alternate translation: “when they had hit them many times with rods”
 ACT	16	23	y4mc		παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς	1	having commanded the jailer to guard them securely	Alternate translation: “having told the jailer to make sure they did not escape”
-ACT	16	23	zkp7		δεσμοφύλακι	1	jailer	a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison
+ACT	16	23	zkp7		δεσμοφύλακι	1	jailer	A **jailer** was a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison.
 ACT	16	24	a79x		ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν	1	who, having received such a command	Alternate translation: “who, when he heard this command”
 ACT	16	24	rl8c		τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ξύλον	1	fastened their feet in the stocks	Alternate translation: “securely locked their feet in the stocks”
-ACT	16	24	jug6		ξύλον	1	stocks	a piece of wood with holes for preventing a person’s feet from moving
-ACT	16	25	rwu3			0	General Information:	The word “them” refers to Paul and Silas.
-ACT	16	25	hme2			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues Paul and Silas’ time in Philippi in prison and tells what happens to their jailer.
+ACT	16	24	jug6		ξύλον	1	stocks	The **stocks** was a wooden frame with holes for a person’s feet that prevented them from moving.
 ACT	16	26	q7z1	figs-activepassive	σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας, ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου	1	a great earthquake happened, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a severe earthquake shook the foundations of the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	16	26	m4ye	figs-synecdoche	τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου	1	the foundations of the prison	When the foundations shook, this caused the entire prison to shake. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ACT	16	26	m4ye	figs-synecdoche	σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου	1	the foundations of the prison	When the **foundations** shook, this caused the entire prison to shake. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	16	26	s6mu	figs-activepassive	ἠνεῴχθησαν…αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι	1	all the doors were opened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “all the doors opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	16	26	p393	figs-activepassive	πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη	1	the chains of everyone were unfastened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone’s chains came loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	16	27	ljy6	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word “we” refers to Paul, Silas, and all of the other prisoners but excludes the jailer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	16	27	hr9q	figs-activepassive	ἔξυπνος…γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ	1	the jailer became awake	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the jailer woke up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	16	27	cwt5		ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν	1	he was about to kill himself	The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape. Alternate translation: “he was ready to kill himself”
-ACT	16	29	pe66	figs-explicit	αἰτήσας…φῶτα	1	having called for lights	The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after he called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	16	28	ljy6	figs-exclusive	ἐσμεν	1	General Information:	Here the word **we** refers to Paul, Silas, and all of the other prisoners but excludes the jailer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	16	29	pe66	figs-explicit	αἰτήσας…φῶτα	1	having called for lights	The reason why the jailer needed **light** can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after he called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	16	29	h5ai	figs-metonymy	φῶτα	1	lights	The word **lights** stands for something that makes light. Alternate translation: “torches” or “lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	16	29	r6is		εἰσεπήδησεν	1	he rushed in	Alternate translation: “he quickly entered the jail”
-ACT	16	29	bb6t	translate-symaction	προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ	1	fell down before Paul and Silas	The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+ACT	16	29	bb6t	translate-symaction	προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ	1	fell down before Paul and Silas	The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of **Paul and Silas**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 ACT	16	30	a3h6		προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω	1	having brought them out	Alternate translation: “after he had led them outside the jail”
 ACT	16	30	u132	figs-activepassive	τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν, ἵνα σωθῶ	1	what must I do in order to be saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what must I do in order for God to save me from my sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	16	31	br4k	figs-activepassive	σωθήσῃ	1	you will be saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” or “God will save you from your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	16	31	w8ed	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκός σου	1	your household	This refers to all the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “all the members of your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	16	32	kb35			0	General Information:	Here the first use of the word “they” as well as the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:25](../16/25.md). The last use of the word “they” refers to the people in the jailers’ household. The words “him,” “his,” and “he” refer to the jailer.
+ACT	16	31	w8ed	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκός σου	1	your household	Here, **your household** refers to all the people who lived in the house. Alternate translation: “all the members of your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	16	32	pq5w	figs-metonymy	ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	they spoke the word of the Lord to him	Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “they told him the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	16	33	r3la	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθη, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα	1	he was baptized immediately—he and all those who were his	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas immediately baptized the jailer and all the members of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	16	35	x3x8			0	General Information:	This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi ([Acts 16:12](../16/12.md)).
-ACT	16	35	lb4z		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in [Acts 16:16](../16/16.md).
+ACT	16	35	lb4z		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in [Acts 16:16](../16/16.md).
 ACT	16	35	vev9		ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους	1	Release those men	Alternate translation: “Allow those men to leave”
 ACT	16	36	k3i6		ἐξελθόντες	1	having come out	Alternate translation: “having come out of the jail”
-ACT	16	37	v4yk	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	All of the times the word “they” is used and the first time “them” is used, the words refer to the magistrates. The word “themselves” refers to the magistrates. The second time the word “them” is used, it refers to Paul and Silas. The word “us” refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	16	37	v4yk	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς…ἔβαλαν…ἡμᾶς…ἡμᾶς	1	General Information:	The word **us** refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	16	37	b4jm	figs-explicit	ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς	1	said to them	Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. Alternate translation: “said to the jailer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	16	37	b7cc	figs-metonymy	δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ	1	They have beaten us in public	Here “They” refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: “The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ACT	16	37	b7cc	figs-metonymy	δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ	1	They have beaten us in public	Here **They** refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: “The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	16	37	wc37		ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν	1	without trial—men being Romans—they threw us into prison	Alternate translation: “without a trial to prove us guilty, even though we are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail”
 ACT	16	37	qq1u	figs-rquestion	λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ γάρ	1	they cast us out secretly? No indeed!	Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ACT	16	37	jr2j	figs-rpronouns	ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ	1	Instead, coming themselves	Here, **themselves** is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-ACT	16	38	ym2u	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν…ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν	1	they were terrified when they heard that they are Romans	To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	16	40	q59h			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. The word “them” refers to the believers in Philippi.
+ACT	16	38	ym2u	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν…ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν	1	they were terrified when they heard that they are Romans	To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Roman Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	16	40	q59h		εἰσῆλθον…ἰδόντες, παρεκάλεσαν	1	General Information:	Here the word **they** refers to Paul and Silas. The word **them** refers to the believers in Philippi.
 ACT	16	40	y14i	writing-endofstory		0		This is the end of Paul and Silas’ time in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 ACT	16	40	t1pf	figs-go	εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν	1	they came to the house of Lydia	Here, **came** can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 ACT	16	40	ylk9		τὴν Λυδίαν	1	the house of Lydia	Alternate translation: “the home of Lydia”
 ACT	16	40	ntc9	figs-gendernotations	ἰδόντες…τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	when they had seen the brothers	Here, **the brothers** refers to believers whether male or female. Alternate translation: “when they had visited with the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 ACT	17	intro	gj4c			0		# Acts 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Misunderstandings about the Messiah<br><br>The Jews expected the Christ or Messiah to be a powerful king because the Old Testament says so many times. But it also says many times that the Messiah would suffer, and that was what Paul was telling the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### The religion of Athens<br><br>Paul said that the Athenians were “religious,” but they did not worship the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples and begun to worship the gods of the people they had conquered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes for the first time how Paul told the message of Christ to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament.
-ACT	17	1	q9x4			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:40](../16/40.md). The word “them” refers to the Jews at the synagogue in Thessalonica.
-ACT	17	1	r3qb			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the story of Paul, Silas, and Timothy’s missionary trip. They arrive in Thessalonica, apparently without Luke, since he says “they” and not “we.”
-ACT	17	1	e4w5		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke, the author, starts to tell a new part of the story.
+ACT	17	1	e4w5		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke, the author, starts to tell a new part of the story.
 ACT	17	1	b7np		διοδεύσαντες	1	having passed through	Alternate translation: “when they had traveled through”
-ACT	17	1	kll1	translate-names	τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν	1	Amphipolis and Apollonia	These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	17	1	q9x4		ἦλθον	1	General Information:	Here the word **they** refers to Paul and Silas. They arrive in Thessalonica, apparently without Luke, since he says “they” and not “we.” Compare [Acts 16:40](../16/40.md).
+ACT	17	1	kll1	translate-names	τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν	1	Amphipolis and Apollonia	**Amphipolis** and **Apollonia** are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	17	1	yj66	figs-go	ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην	1	they came to Thessalonica	Here, **came** can be translated as “went” or “arrived.” Alternate translation: “they went to Thessalonica” or “they arrived at Thessalonica” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 ACT	17	2	vbf2		κατὰ…τὸ εἰωθὸς	1	according to his custom	Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present. Alternate translation: “as his habit was” or “as his common practice was”
 ACT	17	2	bt5e		ἐπὶ Σάββατα τρία	1	for three Sabbaths	Alternate translation: “on each Sabbath day for three weeks”
-ACT	17	2	wp3k	figs-explicit	διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν	1	reasoned with them from the scriptures	Paul explained what the scriptures means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	17	2	wp3k	figs-explicit	διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν	1	reasoned with them from the scriptures	Paul explained what the **Scriptures** means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	17	2	qf4t		διελέξατο αὐτοῖς	1	reasoned with them	Alternate translation: “debated with them” or “discussed with them”
-ACT	17	3	e85n			0	General Information:	Here the word “He” refers to Paul ([Acts 17:2](../17/02.md)).
 ACT	17	3	ir9q	figs-metaphor	διανοίγων	1	He is fully opening	This could mean: (1) to explain the scriptures in a way that people can understand is spoken of as if Paul were opening something so people can see what is inside of it, or (2) Paul was literally opening a book or scroll and reading from it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	17	3	he78		ἔδει	1	it was necessary for	Alternate translation: “it was part of God’s plan for”
 ACT	17	3	ipb2		ἀναστῆναι	1	to rise	Alternate translation: “to come back to life”
-ACT	17	3	b9qi		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
+ACT	17	3	b9qi		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
 ACT	17	4	es2u	figs-activepassive	τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν	1	some from them were persuaded	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews believed” or “some of the Jews understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	17	4	nyp2		προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ	1	joined Paul	Alternate translation: “became associated with Paul”
-ACT	17	4	t21z		σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων	1	of worshiping Greeks	This refers to Greeks who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision.
-ACT	17	4	ye8v	figs-litotes	γυναικῶν…τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι	1	not a few of the leading women	This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. Alternate translation: “many leading women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-ACT	17	5	nuh6			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to the unbelieving Jews and wicked men from the marketplace.
+ACT	17	4	t21z		σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων	1	of worshiping Greeks	This refers to **Greeks** who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision.
+ACT	17	4	ye8v	figs-litotes	γυναικῶν…τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι	1	not a few of the leading women	Here, **not a few** is an understatement to emphasize that many **leading women** joined them. Alternate translation: “many leading women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+ACT	17	5	nuh6		ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν…ἐζήτουν	1	General Information:	Here the word **they** refers to the unbelieving Jews and wicked men from the marketplace.
 ACT	17	5	uj43	figs-metaphor	ζηλώσαντες	1	having become jealous	The feeling of jealousy is spoken of as if jealousy were actually moving the person. Alternate translation: “feeling very jealous” or “feeling very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	17	5	vev6	figs-explicit	ζηλώσαντες	1	having become jealous	It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were jealous because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul’s message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	17	5	vev6	figs-explicit	ζηλώσαντες	1	having become jealous	It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were **jealous** because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul’s message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	17	5	btw6		προσλαβόμενοι τῶν ἀγοραίων ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς	1	having taken certain wicked men of the marketplace	Here, **having taken** does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them.
 ACT	17	5	lc6g		ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς	1	certain wicked men	The word **men** here refers specifically to males. Alternate translation: “some evil men”
-ACT	17	5	ie1f		τῶν ἀγοραίων	1	of the marketplace	This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place. Alternate translation: “from the public square”
+ACT	17	5	ie1f		τῶν ἀγοραίων	1	of the marketplace	The **marketplace** was a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place. Alternate translation: “from the public square”
 ACT	17	5	t3bc	figs-metonymy	ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν	1	they set the city in an uproar	Here, **the city** stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: “they caused the people of the city to be in an uproar” or “they caused the people of the city to riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	17	5	s3uv		ἐπιστάντες τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	having assaulted the house	This probably means the people were throwing rocks at the house and trying to break down the door of the house. Alternate translation: “having violently attacking the house”
+ACT	17	5	s3uv		ἐπιστάντες τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	having assaulted the house	This phrase probably means the people were throwing rocks at the **house** and trying to break down the door of the house. Alternate translation: “having violently attacking the house”
 ACT	17	5	ks2l	translate-names	Ἰάσονος	1	of Jason	**Jason** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	17	5	abcu		αὐτοὺς προαγαγεῖν	1	to lead them	Alternate translation: “to bring Paul and Silas”
 ACT	17	5	pp7k		εἰς τὸν δῆμον	1	to the people	This could mean: (1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or (2) an unruly mob.
 ACT	17	6	i79p		τινας ἀδελφοὺς	1	certain brothers	Here, **brothers** refers to believers. Alternate translation: “some other believers”
 ACT	17	6	e44z		ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας	1	before the city officials	Alternate translation: “in the presence of the city officials”
-ACT	17	6	g7xj		οἱ…οὗτοι	1	Those who … they	The Jewish leaders were referring to Paul and Silas.
+ACT	17	6	g7xj		οἱ…οὗτοι	1	Those who … they	The Jewish leaders were using the pronouns **Those** and **they** to refer to Paul and Silas.
 ACT	17	6	c2av	figs-idiom	τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες	1	have turned the inhabited world upside down	This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. Alternate translation: “have caused trouble everywhere in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ACT	17	6	x90b	figs-hyperbole	τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες	1		The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: “have caused trouble everywhere they have gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ACT	17	7	hlc9		ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων; καὶ οὗτοι πάντες	1	Jason and all these men have welcomed	This phrase signals that Jason and his companions were in agreement with the apostles’ troubling message.
@@ -2133,42 +2095,42 @@ ACT	17	11	hle3	figs-metonymy	ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον	1	received the
 ACT	17	11	uh8a		μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας	1	with all readiness	These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul’s teachings about the scripture.
 ACT	17	11	lzm3		καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς Γραφὰς	1	examining the scriptures each day	Alternate translation: “carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day”
 ACT	17	11	g8an		ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως	1	these things were so	Alternate translation: “the things Paul said were true”
-ACT	17	12	abcv	figs-litotes	ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι	1	not a few men	This is an understatement to emphasize that many men believed the message. Alternate translation: “many men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-ACT	17	13	vn8h	translate-names		0	General Information:	Athens is down the coast from Barea which is in Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	17	12	abcv	figs-litotes	ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι	1	not a few men	Here, **not a few** is an understatement to emphasize that many men believed the message. Alternate translation: “many men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 ACT	17	13	asb4	figs-metaphor	ἦλθον κἀκεῖ, σαλεύοντες	1	they came and there stirred up	This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. Alternate translation: “they came there and agitated” or “they went there and disturbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	17	13	wjq3		ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους	1	troubled the crowds	Alternate translation: “worried the crowds” or “caused the people to become upset”
 ACT	17	14	ael8	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	The word **brothers** here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 ACT	17	14	zw1c		πορεύεσθαι ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	to go as far as to the sea	From here Paul would probably sail to another city. Alternate translation: “to go all the way to the coast”
 ACT	17	15	tjh5		καθιστάνοντες τὸν Παῦλον	1	were leading Paul down	Alternate translation: “who were accompanying Paul” or “who were going down with Paul”
+ACT	17	15	vn8h	translate-names	Ἀθηνῶν	1	General Information:	**Athens** is down the coast from Barea which is in Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	17	15	gs1p	figs-quotations	λαβόντες ἐντολὴν πρὸς τὸν Σιλᾶν καὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον	1	after receiving a command to Silas and Timothy	This can also be stated as a direct quotation as in the UST. Alternate translation: “after telling them to command Silas and Timothy so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-ACT	17	16	wk63			0	General Information:	This is another part of the story of Paul and Silas’ travels. Paul is now in Athens where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him.
-ACT	17	16	y9cr		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
+ACT	17	16	y9cr		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
+ACT	17	16	wk63		ἐν…ταῖς Ἀθήναις, ἐκδεχομένου αὐτοὺς τοῦ Παύλου	1	General Information:	This is another part of the story of **Paul** and Silas’ travels. Paul is now in **Athens** where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him.
 ACT	17	16	we78	figs-synecdoche	παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν	1	his spirit was being provoked within him, seeing the city being full of idols	Here, **his spirit** stands for Paul himself. Alternate translation: “he was provoked because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city” or “seeing the idols everywhere in the city, he was provoked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	17	16	s011	figs-activepassive	παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he became upset” or “the city upset him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	17	17	q8px		διελέγετο	1	he reasoned	This means that there is interaction from the listeners rather than only his preaching. They are talking with him as well. Alternate translation: “he debated” or “he discussed”
+ACT	17	17	q8px		διελέγετο	1	he reasoned	This phrase means that there is interaction from the listeners rather than only his preaching. They are talking with him as well. Alternate translation: “he debated” or “he discussed”
 ACT	17	17	jkj8		τοῖς σεβομένοις	1	those who were worshiping	This refers to Gentiles (non-Jews) who give praise to God and follow him but do not obey all of the Jewish laws.
-ACT	17	17	ec14		ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ	1	in the marketplace	This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place. Alternate translation: “in the public square”
-ACT	17	18	ru6a			0	General Information:	Here the words “him,” “He,” and “he” refer to Paul.
+ACT	17	17	ec14		ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ	1	in the marketplace	The **marketplace** was a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place. Alternate translation: “in the public square”
+ACT	17	18	ru6a		αὐτῷ…δοκεῖ…εὐηγγελίζετο	1	General Information:	Here the words **him**, **He**, and **he** refer to Paul.
 ACT	17	18	l7le	translate-names	τῶν Ἐπικουρίων καὶ Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων	1	of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers	These people believed all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	17	18	f976	translate-names	Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων	1	Stoic philosophers	These people believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	17	18	f976	translate-names	Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων	1	Stoic philosophers	These **Stoic philosophers** believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	17	18	dnj8		τινες ἔλεγον	1	some said	Alternate translation: “some of the Stoic philosophers said”
-ACT	17	18	g4bv	figs-metaphor	τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος λέγειν?	1	What is this babbler wanting to say?	The word “babbler” was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: “What is this uneducated person trying to say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	17	18	k2ps		οἱ δέ, ξένων	1	But others said	Alternate translation: “But other philosophers said”
+ACT	17	18	g4bv	figs-metaphor	τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος λέγειν?	1	What is this babbler wanting to say?	The word **babbler** was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: “What is this uneducated person trying to say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ACT	17	18	k2ps		οἱ δέ	1	But others said	Alternate translation: “But other philosophers said”
 ACT	17	18	l41t		δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς εἶναι	1	He seems to be a proclaimer	Alternate translation: “He seems to be teaching a philosophy”
-ACT	17	18	sx9t		ξένων δαιμονίων	1	of foreign gods	That is, gods that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about.
-ACT	17	19	fs5g	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	The words “him,” “He” and “you” refer to Paul ([Acts 17:18](../17/18.md)). Here the words “They” and “we” refer to the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	17	18	sx9t		ξένων δαιμονίων	1	of foreign gods	That is, **gods** that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about.
 ACT	17	19	mv8c		ἐπιλαβόμενοί τε αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον ἤγαγον	1	And taking hold of him, they brought him to the Areopagus	This does not mean they arrested Paul. The philosophers invited Paul to speak formally to their leaders.
 ACT	17	19	b56g	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον	1	to the Areopagus	The **Areopagus** was the place where the leaders met. Alternate translation: “to the leaders that met on the Areopagus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	17	19	ze7e		τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον…λέγοντες	1	the Areopagus, saying	Here the leaders on the Areopagus are speaking. This can stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “the Areopagus. The leaders said to Paul”
-ACT	17	19	unc8	translate-names	Ἄρειον Πάγον	1	Areopagus	This is a prominent rock outcropping or hill in Athens upon which the supreme court of Athens may have met. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	17	19	ze7e		τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον…λέγοντες	1	the Areopagus, saying	Here the leaders on the **Areopagus** are speaking. This can stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “the Areopagus. The leaders said to Paul”
+ACT	17	19	unc8	translate-names	Ἄρειον Πάγον	1	Areopagus	The **Areopagus** is a prominent rock outcropping or hill in Athens upon which the supreme court of Athens may have met. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	17	20	lay8	figs-metaphor	ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν	1	For you are bringing some strange things to our ears	Paul’s teachings about Jesus and the resurrection are spoken of as an object that a person can bring to another person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ACT	17	20	fs5g	figs-exclusive	βουλόμεθα	1	General Information:	Here the word **we** refers to the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	17	20	us7g	figs-metonymy	ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν	1		Here, **ears** refers to what they hear. Alternate translation: “For you are teaching some things that we have never heard before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	17	21	dn1t	figs-hyperbole	Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι	1	And all the Athenians and the foreigners living there	The word **all** is a generalization referring to many. Alternate translation: “And many of the Athenians and the strangers living there” or “And many of the Athenians and the strangers living there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-ACT	17	21	d8yb	translate-names	Ἀθηναῖοι	1	the Athenians	**Athenians** are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	17	21	d8yb	translate-names	Ἀθηναῖοι	1	the Athenians	Here, **the Athenians** are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	17	21	sk5b	figs-metaphor	εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν	1	spent their time in nothing other than either to tell something or to listen to	Here, **time** is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening to” or “were always doing nothing but telling or listening to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	17	21	ij4e	figs-hyperbole	εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν	1	spent their time in nothing other than	The phrase **spent their time in nothing** is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: “did not do much but” or “spent much of their time only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ACT	17	21	wr1r		λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν τι καινότερον	1	to tell something or to listen to something new	Alternate translation: “discussing new philosophical ideas” or “talking about what was new to them”
-ACT	17	22	zq3y			0	General Information:	Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus.
+ACT	17	22	zq3y		ἄνδρες, Ἀθηναῖοι, κατὰ πάντα ὡς δεισιδαιμονεστέρους ὑμᾶς θεωρῶ	1	General Information:	Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus.
 ACT	17	22	ja1k		κατὰ πάντα…δεισιδαιμονεστέρους	1	very religious in every way	Paul is referring to the Athenians’ public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices.
 ACT	17	23	gn1j		διερχόμενος γὰρ	1	For passing through	Alternate translation: “Because as I was walked through” or “As I was walking along”
 ACT	17	23	cem7		ἀγνώστῳ Θεῷ	1	To an Unknown God	This could mean: (1) “to a certain unknown god” or (2) “to a god not known.” This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar.
@@ -2179,58 +2141,56 @@ ACT	17	24	ju4h	figs-synecdoche	χειροποιήτοις	1	built with hands	Her
 ACT	17	25	e3dg	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται	1	Neither is he served by hands of men	Here, **served** has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: “Neither do men take care of him with their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	17	25	yq68	figs-synecdoche	ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων	1	by hands of men	Here, **hands** stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: “by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	17	25	sj89	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς διδοὺς	1	himself giving	The word **himself** is added for emphasis. Alternate translation: “because he himself gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-ACT	17	26	r3lt	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the words “he” and “him” refer to the one true God, the creator. The words “their” and “them” refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth. In using the word “us,” Paul includes himself, his audience, and every nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ACT	17	26	p1e4		ἑνὸς	1	one man	This means Adam, the first person God created.
+ACT	17	26	r3lt		ἐποίησέν…προστεταγμένους…αὐτῶν	1	General Information:	Here the word **he** refers to the one true God, the creator. Both occurrences of the word **their** refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth.
+ACT	17	26	p1e4		ἑνὸς	1	one man	This refers to Adam, the first person God created.
 ACT	17	26	js4p		ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν	1	having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their habitation	You can state this as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “And he determined when and where they would live”
 ACT	17	27	jae5	figs-metaphor	ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν, εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν	1	to seek God and perhaps they might feel around for him and find him	Here, **to seek God** represents desiring to know him, and **feel around for him and find him** represents praying and having a relationship with him. Alternate translation: “so that they should want to know God and perhaps pray to him and become one of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	17	27	p8hk	figs-litotes	καί γε οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα	1	Yet he is not far from each one of us	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Yet he is very near to everyone of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-ACT	17	28	tkd3	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the words “him” and “his” refer to God ([Acts 17:24](../17/24.md)). When Paul says “we” here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	17	27	p8hk	figs-litotes	καί γε οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα	1	Yet he is not far from each one of us	Paul uses the negative **not far** to emphasize that God is close to man. Alternate translation: “Yet he is very near to everyone of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+ACT	17	27	onm4	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		In using the word **us**, Paul includes himself, his audience, and every nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	17	28	tkd3	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the words **him** and **his** refer to God ([Acts 17:24](../17/24.md)). When Paul says **we** here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	17	28	cbd9		ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ	1	For in him	Alternate translation: “Because of him”
 ACT	17	29	k9ws	figs-metaphor	γένος…ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	are God’s offspring	Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God’s literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	17	29	czi9	figs-metonymy	τὸ θεῖον	1	the divine being	Here, **divine being** refers to God’s nature or attributes. Alternate translation: “the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	17	29	q4q2	figs-activepassive	χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου	1	images of the skill and imagination of man	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “which a man then uses his skill to make it into something that he has designed” or “images that people make by using their art and imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	17	30	y2u8			0	General Information:	Here the word “he” refers to God.
-ACT	17	30	zj28			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes his speech to the philosophers in the Areopagus, which he began in [Acts 17:22](../17/22.md).
 ACT	17	30	suh6		οὖν	1	Therefore	Alternate translation: “Because what I have just said is true”
 ACT	17	30	iva4		τοὺς…χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ Θεὸς	1	God, having overlooked the times of ignorance	Alternate translation: “God, having decided not to punish people during the times of ignorance”
 ACT	17	30	h8uy		χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας	1	times of ignorance	This refers to the time before God fully revealed himself through Jesus Christ and before people truly knew how to obey God.
-ACT	17	30	qim5	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πάντας	1	all men	This means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+ACT	17	30	qim5	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πάντας	1	all men	Here, **all men** refers to all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 ACT	17	31	htp7		ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν	1	in which he is about to judge the world in righteousness by the man whom he has appointed	Alternate translation: “when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness”
 ACT	17	31	jt3a	figs-metonymy	μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	he is about to judge the world	Here, **world** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “he will judge all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	17	31	i9aw		ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ	1	in righteousness	Alternate translation: “justly” or “fairly”
 ACT	17	31	l61p		πίστιν παρασχὼν	1	He has provided signs	Alternate translation: “God has demonstrated his choice of this man”
-ACT	17	31	ulr4		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
-ACT	17	32	tc8t	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word “We” refers to the men of Athens but not to Paul, so this is exclusive. Though some of them probably did want to hear Paul again, they may only have been being polite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	17	31	ulr4		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
+ACT	17	32	tc8t	figs-exclusive	ἀκουσόμεθά	1	General Information:	Here the word **We** refers to the men of Athens but not to Paul, so this is exclusive. Though some of them probably did want to hear Paul again, they may only have been being polite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	17	32	c4sm	writing-endofstory		0		This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
-ACT	17	32	nb26		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke shifts from Paul’s teachings to the reaction of the people of Athens.
+ACT	17	32	nb26		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke shifts from Paul’s teachings to the reaction of the people of Athens.
 ACT	17	32	jlm5		ἀκούσαντες	1	when they heard of	These are the people who were present at the Areopagus listening to Paul.
 ACT	17	32	sn6j		οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον	1	some mocked him	These did not believe it was possible for someone to die and then return to life. Alternate translation: “some ridiculed Paul” or “some laughed at Paul”
-ACT	17	34	psh8	translate-names	Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης	1	Dionysius the Areopagite	Dionysius is a man’s name. Areopagite implies that Dionysius was one of the judges at the council of Areopagus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	17	34	hsz3	translate-names	Δάμαρις	1	Damaris	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	17	34	psh8	translate-names	Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης	1	Dionysius the Areopagite	**Dionysius** is a man’s name. **Areopagite** implies that Dionysius was one of the judges at the council of Areopagus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	17	34	hsz3	translate-names	Δάμαρις	1	Damaris	**Damaris** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	18	intro	rky6			0		# Acts 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The baptism of John<br><br>Some Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but this baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
-ACT	18	1	jat1	writing-background		0	General Information:	Aquila and Priscilla are introduced to the story and verses 2 and 3 give background information about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	18	1	qa9b			0	Connecting Statement:	This is another part of the story of Paul’s travels as he goes to Corinth.
 ACT	18	1	fky7		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	Alternate translation: “After these events took place in Athens”
 ACT	18	1	abcw		χωρισθεὶς	1	having departed	Alternate translation: “when Paul had departed”
-ACT	18	1	h2si		τῶν Ἀθηνῶν	1	Athens	Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 17:15](../17/15.md).
+ACT	18	1	h2si		τῶν Ἀθηνῶν	1	Athens	**Athens** was one of the most important cities in Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 17:15](../17/15.md).
 ACT	18	2	d9zx		καὶ εὑρών	1	And when he found	This could mean: (1) Paul happened to find by chance or (2) Paul intentionally found.
-ACT	18	2	hm16	writing-participants	τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν	1	a certain Jew named Aquila	Here the phrase **a certain** indicates this is introducing new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-ACT	18	2	y97p	translate-names	Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει	1	a native of Pontus	Pontus was a province on the southern coast of the Black Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	18	2	hm16	writing-participants	τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν	1	a certain Jew named Aquila	Here the phrase **a certain** indicates Luke is introducing **Aquilla** as a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+ACT	18	2	jat1	writing-background	τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν, Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει, προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας, καὶ Πρίσκιλλαν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον χωρίζεσθαι πάντας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἀπὸ τῆς Ῥώμης	1	General Information:	Verses 2 and 3 give background information about **Aquila** and **Priscilla**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+ACT	18	2	y97p	translate-names	Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει	1	a native of Pontus	**Pontus** was a province on the southern coast of the Black Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	18	2	q4va		προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα	1	who had recently come	This probably happened sometime in the past year.
-ACT	18	2	n631	translate-names	τῆς Ἰταλίας	1	Italy	This is the name of land. Rome is the capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	18	2	n95f		τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον	1	Claudius had ordered	Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in [Acts 11:28](../11/28.md).
+ACT	18	2	n631	translate-names	τῆς Ἰταλίας…τῆς Ῥώμης	1	Italy	**Italy** is the name of land. **Rome** is the capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	18	2	n95f		τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον	1	Claudius had ordered	**Claudius** was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in [Acts 11:28](../11/28.md).
 ACT	18	3	q259		τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι	1	he was of the same trade	Alternate translation: “he did the same kind of work that they did”
-ACT	18	4	r56h			0	General Information:	Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul.
-ACT	18	4	h3az		διελέγετο δὲ	1	And he reasoned	He gave reasons. This means that rather than just preaching, Paul talked and interacted with the people. Alternate translation: “And Paul debated” or “And Paul discussed”
+ACT	18	4	h3az		διελέγετο δὲ	1	And he reasoned	This means that rather than just preaching, Paul talked and interacted with the people. Alternate translation: “And Paul debated” or “And Paul discussed”
 ACT	18	4	r2gp		ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας	1	persuading both Jews and Greeks	This could mean: (1) “he caused both Jews and Greeks to believe” or (2) “he kept trying to persuade the Jews and the Greeks.”
+ACT	18	5	r56h			0	General Information:	Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul.
 ACT	18	6	ncx8	translate-symaction	ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια	1	shaking out his garment	This is a symbolic action to indicate that Paul will no longer try to teach the Jews there about Jesus. He is leaving them to God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 ACT	18	6	z12a	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν	1	Your blood be upon your head	Here, **blood** stands for the guilt of their actions. Paul tells the Jews they are solely responsible for the judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: “You alone bear the responsibility for your punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	18	6	pacx	figs-synecdoche	τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν	1		Here, **head** refers to the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	18	7	cd3u		εἰσῆλθεν	1	General Information:	Here the word **he** refers to Paul.
-ACT	18	7	vs6y	translate-names	Τιτίου Ἰούστου	1	Titius Justus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	18	7	vs6y	translate-names	Τιτίου Ἰούστου	1	Titius Justus	**Titius Justus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	18	7	v8xg		σεβομένου τὸν Θεόν	1	who worships God	A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him but does not necessarily obey all of the Jewish laws.
-ACT	18	8	lj2t	translate-names	Κρίσπος	1	Crispus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	18	8	kkk9		ἀρχισυνάγωγος	1	leader of the synagogue	a layperson who sponsored and administered the synagogue, not necessarily the teacher
+ACT	18	8	lj2t	translate-names	Κρίσπος	1	Crispus	**Crispus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	18	8	kkk9		ἀρχισυνάγωγος	1	leader of the synagogue	The **leader of the synagogue** was a layperson who sponsored and administered the synagogue, but not necessarily the teacher.
 ACT	18	8	uaq5	figs-metonymy	ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ	1	all those in his house	Here, **house** refers to the people who lived together. Alternate translation: “the people who lived with him in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	18	8	t3np	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “were receiving baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	18	9	ws7p	figs-parallelism	μὴ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς	1	Do not be afraid, but continue speaking and do not be silent	The Lord is giving one command in two different ways to emphasize that Paul should certainly continue preaching. Alternate translation: “You must not be afraid and, instead, continue to speak and not become silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -2239,51 +2199,51 @@ ACT	18	9	a529	figs-explicit	μὴ σιωπήσῃς	1	do not be silent	It can be
 ACT	18	10	a8lq		λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	I have many people in this city	Alternate translation: “there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me” or “many people in this city will put their faith in me”
 ACT	18	11	mqx2	writing-endofstory	ἐκάθισεν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἓξ, διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	And so he stayed there for a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them	This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 ACT	18	11	a18w	figs-synecdoche		1		Here, **word of God** is a synecdoche for the entire Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ACT	18	12	f41k	translate-names		0	General Information:	Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	18	12	f41k	translate-names	τῆς Ἀχαΐας	1	General Information:	**Achaia** was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	18	12	b5bf			0	Connecting Statement:	The unbelieving Jews bring Paul to the judgment seat before Gallio.
-ACT	18	12	se8m	translate-names	Γαλλίωνος	1	Gallio	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	18	12	j762	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	This stands for the Jewish leaders that did not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ACT	18	12	se8m	translate-names	Γαλλίωνος	1	Gallio	**Gallio** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	18	12	j762	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** stands for the Jewish leaders that did not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	18	12	lp79		κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1	rose up together against	Alternate translation: “came together against” or “joined together to attack”
 ACT	18	12	u36c	figs-metonymy	ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα	1	brought him before the judgment seat	The Jews took Paul by force to bring Paul before the court. Here, **judgment seat** refers to the place where Gallio sat when he made legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “took him so that the governor could judge him at the judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	18	14	d13b		ὁ Γαλλίων	1	Gallio	Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province.
+ACT	18	14	d13b		ὁ Γαλλίων	1	Gallio	**Gallio** was the Roman governor of the Province.
 ACT	18	15	y6mt		νόμου τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς	1	your law	Here, **law** refers to the law of Moses and as well as the Jewish customs of Paul’s time.
 ACT	18	15	khr5		κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι	1	I do not want to be a judge of these matters	Alternate translation: “I refuse to make a judgment about these matters”
-ACT	18	16	yf81			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” probably refers to the Gentiles at the court. They reacted against the Jews who had brought Paul before the judgment seat ([Acts 18:12](../18/12.md)).
 ACT	18	16	d6nh	figs-metonymy	ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος	1	he sent them away from the judgment seat	Here, **judgment seat** refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “Gallio made them leave his presence in the court” or “Gallio made them leave the court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ACT	18	17	yf81		ἐπιλαβόμενοι…πάντες	1	General Information:	Here the word **they** probably refers to the Gentiles at the court. They reacted against the Jews who had brought Paul before the judgment seat ([Acts 18:12](../18/12.md)).
 ACT	18	17	cyk6	figs-hyperbole	ἐπιλαβόμενοι…πάντες	1	they all, having seized	This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: “many people seized” or “many of them grabbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ACT	18	17	mj77		ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος	1	But they all, having seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, were beating him in front of the judgment seat	This could mean: (1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or (2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court.
 ACT	18	17	x9w5	translate-names	Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον	1	Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue	**Sosthenes** was the Jewish ruler of the synagogue at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	18	17	z9fv		ἔτυπτον	1	were beating him	Alternate translation: “repeatedly hit him” or “repeatedly punched him”
-ACT	18	18	x25w	translate-names		0	General Information:	Here the word “he” refers to Paul. Cenchreae was a seaport that was part of the greater Corinth city area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	18	18	ura9			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues Paul’s missionary journey as Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila leave Corinth. This seems to indicate that Silas and Timothy remain since it says “he” here and not “we.” The word “they” refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila.
+ACT	18	18	x25w	translate-names	κειράμενος ἐν Κενχρεαῖς…εἶχεν	1	General Information:	Here the words **He** and **he** refer to Paul. **Cenchreae** was a seaport that was part of the greater Corinth city area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	18	18	ura9			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues Paul’s missionary journey as Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila leave Corinth. This seems to indicate that Silas and Timothy remain since it says “he” here and not “we.”
 ACT	18	18	et8c	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος	1	left the brothers	The word **brothers** refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “left the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-ACT	18	18	v5kl		ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας	1	and sailed to Syria, and Priscilla and Aquila were with him	Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him.
+ACT	18	18	v5kl		ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας	1	and sailed to Syria, and Priscilla and Aquila were with him	Paul got on a ship that sailed for **Syria**. **Priscilla and Aquila** went with him.
 ACT	18	18	kq6f	translate-symaction	κειράμενος ἐν Κενχρεαῖς τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν	1	He had cut the hair of his head … because he had a vow	This is a symbolic action that indicates the completion of a **vow**. Alternate translation: “he had someone cut off the hair on his head in Cenchrea because he had completed a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 ACT	18	19	abcx		κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν	1	he left them	Alternate translation: “Paul left Priscilla and Aquilla”
 ACT	18	19	st93		διελέξατο	1	reasoned with	Alternate translation: “discussed with” or “debated with”
-ACT	18	20	u44s			0	General Information:	Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the Jews in Ephesus.
+ACT	18	20	u44s		ἐρωτώντων	1	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to the Jews in Ephesus.
 ACT	18	21	iz1u		ἀποταξάμενος	1	having left them	Alternate translation: “when he had departed from them”
-ACT	18	22	pr6u			0	General Information:	Phrygia is a province in Asia which is now modern day Turkey. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
 ACT	18	22	p364			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues his missionary journey.
 ACT	18	22	gyy4		κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν	1	having landed at Caesarea	The word **landed** is used to show that he arrived by ship. Alternate translation: “when he had arrived at Caesarea”
 ACT	18	22	r26z		ἀναβὰς	1	having gone up	He traveled to the city of Jerusalem. The phrase **gone up** is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
 ACT	18	22	q9j6	figs-metonymy	ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	greeted the church	Here, **church** refers to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “greeted the members of the church of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	18	22	n3rh		κατέβη	1	he went down	The phrase **went down** is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
-ACT	18	23	pww5		ἐξῆλθεν	1	he departed	Alternate translation: “Paul went away” or “Paul left”
 ACT	18	23	h65j	figs-metaphor	καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ	1	And having spent some time there	This speaks about **time** as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “And after staying there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	18	24	a7p9	writing-background		0	General Information:	Apollos is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-ACT	18	24	muc2			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila.
-ACT	18	24	xqy7		δέ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line.
-ACT	18	24	n2b4	writing-participants	Ἰουδαῖος…τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι	1	a certain Jew named Apollos	The phrase **a certain** indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-ACT	18	24	di14	translate-names	Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει	1	an Alexandrian by birth	This was a city in Egypt on the north coast of Africa. Alternate translation: “a man who was born in the city of Alexandria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	18	23	pww5		ἐξῆλθεν	1	he departed	Alternate translation: “Paul went away” or “Paul left”
+ACT	18	23	pr6u		Φρυγίαν	1	General Information:	**Phrygia** is a province in Asia which is now modern day Turkey. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
+ACT	18	24	a7p9	writing-background	Ἀπολλῶς	1	General Information:	**Apollos** is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+ACT	18	24	xqy7		δέ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line.
+ACT	18	24	n2b4	writing-participants	Ἰουδαῖος…τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι	1	a certain Jew named Apollos	The phrase **a certain** indicates that Luke is introducing **Apollos** as a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+ACT	18	24	di14	translate-names	Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει	1	an Alexandrian by birth	Alexandria was a city in Egypt on the north coast of Africa. Alternate translation: “a man who was born in the city of Alexandria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	18	24	t4zi		ἀνὴρ λόγιος	1	an eloquent man	Alternate translation: “a good speaker”
 ACT	18	24	bh25		δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς	1	He was mighty in the scriptures	He understood the Old Testament writings well. Alternate translation: “he knew the scriptures thoroughly”
 ACT	18	25	z7a8	figs-activepassive	οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	He had been instructed in the way of the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Other believers had taught Apollos how the Lord Jesus wanted people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	18	25	ift8	figs-synecdoche	καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι	1	and being fervent in spirit	Here, **spirit** refers to the entire person of Apollos. Alternate translation: “and being very enthusiastic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ACT	18	25	lr1h		τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	the baptism of John	This is comparing John’s baptism which was with water to Jesus’ baptism which is with the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The baptism that John performed”
+ACT	18	25	lr1h		τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	the baptism of John	This is comparing John’s **baptism** which was with water to Jesus’ baptism which is with the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the baptism that John performed”
+ACT	18	26	muc2		Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας προσελάβοντο αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀκριβέστερον αὐτῷ ἐξέθεντο τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Connecting Statement:	Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with **Priscilla and Aquila**.
 ACT	18	26	ga6v	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the way of God	How God wants people to live is spoken of as if it were a road that a person travels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	18	26	k1lb		ἀκριβέστερον	1	more accurately	Alternate translation: “more correctly” or “more fully”
-ACT	18	27	c2sq			0	General Information:	Here the he words “he” and “him” refer to Apollos ([Acts 18:24](../18/24.md)).
+ACT	18	27	c2sq		αὐτοῦ…προτρεψάμενοι…αὐτόν…ὃς…συνεβάλετο πολὺ	1	General Information:	Here the he words **he** and **him** refer to Apollos ([Acts 18:24](../18/24.md)).
 ACT	18	27	ll36		διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν	1	to pass over into Achaia	The phrase **pass over** is used here because Apollos had to cross the Aegean Sea to get to Achaia from Ephesus. Alternate translation: “to go to the region of Achaia”
 ACT	18	27	pql7		τὴν Ἀχαΐαν	1	Achaia	**Achaia** was a Roman Province in the southern section of Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md).
 ACT	18	27	v2i6	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	The word **brothers** here refers to both men and women believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -2292,26 +2252,23 @@ ACT	18	27	q5f2		ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς	1	and wrote to the d
 ACT	18	27	f99p		τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος	1	those who had believed by grace	Alternate translation: “those who had believed in salvation by grace” or “those who by God’s grace believed in Jesus”
 ACT	18	28	l2zt		εὐτόνως…τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ	1	he was powerfully refuting the Jews publicly	Alternate translation: “in public debate Apollos powerfully proved that the Jews were wrong”
 ACT	19	intro	g38y			0		# Acts 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baptism<br><br>John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus’ followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus.<br><br>### Temple of Diana<br><br>The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.
-ACT	19	1	rhv1			0	General Information:	The “upper country” was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea.
-ACT	19	1	wu6p			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul travels to Ephesus.
 ACT	19	1	lp23		ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
+ACT	19	1	wu6p			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul travels to Ephesus.
+ACT	19	1	rhv1		Παῦλον διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη, κατελθεῖν εἰς Ἔφεσον	1	General Information:	The **upper parts** was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of **Ephesus**. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea.
 ACT	19	1	ati9		διελθόντα	1	passed through	Alternate translation: “traveled through”
 ACT	19	2	wqi4		εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε	1	Did you receive the Holy Spirit	This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.
 ACT	19	2	nvn4		οὐδ’ εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἔστιν ἠκούσαμεν	1	we did not even heard if there is a Holy Spirit	Alternate translation: “we have never heard about the Holy Spirit”
-ACT	19	3	hml1			0	General Information:	Here the words “They,” “you,” and “they” refer to certain disciples in the city of Ephesus ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)). The word “him” refers to John.
 ACT	19	3	mrm6	figs-activepassive	εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε	1	Into what then were you baptized?	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “What kind of baptism did you receive?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	19	3	jzp7	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα	1	Into the baptism of John	You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “We received the kind of baptism about which John taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ACT	19	4	r46y	figs-abstractnouns	βάπτισμα μετανοίας	1	a baptism of repentance	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **repentance**, you could express the same idea with the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ACT	19	4	pv7t		τὸν ἐρχόμενον	1	the one who is coming	Here, **the one** refers to Jesus.
 ACT	19	4	q5fh		τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ’ αὐτὸν	1	the one who is coming after him	This means to come after John the Baptist in time and not following after him physically.
-ACT	19	5	zx2b			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues staying in Ephesus.
 ACT	19	5	k9st		ἐβαπτίσθησαν	1	they were baptized	Here, **they** refers to the disciples in Ephesus who were talking with Paul ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)),
 ACT	19	5	ueh1	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθησαν	1	they were baptized	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they received baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	19	5	g2dm	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of the Lord Jesus	Here, **name** refers to Jesus’ power and authority. Alternate translation: “as believers in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	19	6	gk8l		ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου χεῖρας	1	when Paul had laid his hands on them	He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: “when Paul had placed his hands on their heads as he prayed”
+ACT	19	6	gk8l		ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου χεῖρας	1	when Paul had laid his hands on them	He probably placed **his hands** on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: “when Paul had placed his hands on their heads as he prayed”
 ACT	19	6	j4n8		ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ ἐπροφήτευον	1	and they began to speak in tongues and prophesy	Unlike in [Acts 2:3-4](../02/03.md), there are no details of who understood their messages.
-ACT	19	7	e7kj	writing-background	ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα	1	And they were about 12 men in all	This tells how many men were baptized. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-ACT	19	7	u71i	translate-numbers	ἄνδρες…δώδεκα	1	12 men	Alternate translation: “12 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+ACT	19	7	e7kj	writing-background	ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα	1	And they were about 12 men in all	This tells how many **men** were baptized. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	19	8	qv8z		εἰσελθὼν…εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν, ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς	1	having gone into the synagogue, he was speaking boldly for three months	Alternate translation: “Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly”
 ACT	19	8	yky2		διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων	1	reasoning and persuading them	Alternate translation: “convincing people with convincing arguments and with clear teaching”
 ACT	19	8	v8et	figs-metonymy	περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	about the kingdom of God	Here, **kingdom** stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “about God’s rule as king” or “about how God would show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2319,56 +2276,55 @@ ACT	19	9	mq1g	figs-metaphor	τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπε
 ACT	19	9	n6ir	figs-metaphor	κακολογοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους	1	speaking evil of the Way before the crowd	What Christ wants people to believe is spoken of as though it were a road that a person travels. The phrase **the Way** seems to have been a title for Christianity at the time. Alternate translation: “speaking evil about Christianity to the crowd” or “speaking to the crowd evil things about those who follow Christ and who obey his teaching about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md))
 ACT	19	9	ts8d		κακολογοῦντες	1	speaking evil	Alternate translation: “speaking bad things about”
 ACT	19	9	xsm6		ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράννου	1	in the lecture hall of Tyrannus	Alternate translation: “in the large room where Tyrannus had taught people”
-ACT	19	9	den4	translate-names	Τυράννου	1	of Tyrannus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	19	9	den4	translate-names	Τυράννου	1	of Tyrannus	***Tyrannus* is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	19	10	cw5g	figs-hyperbole	πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	all those who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord	Here, **all** is a generalization that means very many people throughout Asia heard the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ACT	19	10	kj12	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	19	11	cb6w			0	General Information:	Here the words “them” and “they” refer to those who were sick.
+ACT	19	12	cb6w		αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους…ἐκπορεύεσθαι	1	General Information:	Here the words **their** and **them** refer to those who were sick.
 ACT	19	11	fa6h	figs-synecdoche	δυνάμεις τε οὐ τὰς τυχούσας, ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίει διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου	1	And God was doing not ordinary miracles by the hands of Paul	Here, **hands** stands for Paul’s whole person. Alternate translation: “And God was causing Paul to do unusual miracles” or “And God was doing amazing miracles through Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	19	11	abcy		οὐ τὰς τυχούσας	1	not ordinary	Alternate translation: “unusual”
 ACT	19	12	m3kl		καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, καὶ	1	even handkerchiefs and aprons from his body were taken to the sick and	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul”
 ACT	19	12	vc1v		καὶ…ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια	1	even handkerchiefs and aprons from his body	This could mean: (1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or (2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used.
-ACT	19	12	aks4		σουδάρια	1	handkerchiefs	cloths worn around the head
-ACT	19	12	xs31		σιμικίνθια	1	aprons	clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of people
-ACT	19	12	kw9z	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας	1	the sick	This refers to sick people. Alternate translation: “sick people” or “those who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ACT	19	12	aks4		σουδάρια	1	handkerchiefs	The **handkerchiefs** were small pieces of cloth used to wipe one's face.
+ACT	19	12	xs31		σιμικίνθια	1	aprons	The **aprons** were clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of the wearers.
+ACT	19	12	kw9z	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας	1	the sick	This refers to **sick** people. Alternate translation: “sick people” or “those who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ACT	19	12	nl3a		ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους	1	their illnesses departed from them	Alternate translation: “those who were sick became healthy”
 ACT	19	13	he2x			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. It is about Jewish exorcists.
-ACT	19	13	fgq4		ἐξορκιστῶν	1	exorcists	people who send evil spirits away from people or places
+ACT	19	13	fgq4		ἐξορκιστῶν	1	exorcists	These **exorcists** were people who sent evil spirits away from people or places.
 ACT	19	13	s12u	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	the name of the Lord Jesus	Here, **name** refers to Jesus’ power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	19	13	d59p		τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν Παῦλος κηρύσσει	1	by the Jesus whom Paul proclaims	**Jesus** was a common name at the time, so these exorcists wanted people to know of whom they spoke.
-ACT	19	13	vqt1	figs-metonymy	τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	by the Jesus	This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus” or “by the power of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	19	14	cb8p	translate-names	Σκευᾶ	1	of Sceva	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	19	13	vqt1	figs-metonymy	τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	by the Jesus	This phrase stands for the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus” or “by the power of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ACT	19	14	cb8p	translate-names	Σκευᾶ	1	of Sceva	**Sceva** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	19	15	i4a2		τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι	1	Jesus I know, and Paul I know	Alternate translation: “I know Jesus and Paul” or “I know Jesus, and I know Paul”
 ACT	19	15	nsl1	figs-rquestion	ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ?	1	but who are you?	The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “but I do not know you!” or “but you have no authority over me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ACT	19	16	ty4x		ἐφαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν	1	the man in whom was the evil spirit, after leaping on them	This means that the **evil spirit** caused the **man** whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists.
-ACT	19	16	lu7u		αὐτοὺς	1	them	This refers to the exorcists who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in [Acts 19:13](../19/13.md).
+ACT	19	16	lu7u		αὐτοὺς	1	them	Here, **them** refers to the exorcists who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in [Acts 19:13](../19/13.md).
 ACT	19	16	b8cb		γυμνοὺς…ἐκφυγεῖν	1	they fled … naked	The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them.
 ACT	19	17	j85h	figs-activepassive	ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they magnified the name of the Lord Jesus” or “they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	19	17	j2hh	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα	1	the name	This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	19	18	tj8t	writing-endofstory		0		This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
+ACT	19	17	j2hh	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα	1	the name	Here, **the name** stands for the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	19	19	z9rj		συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους	1	having brought their books together	The word **books** refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were written. Alternate translation: “having collected their books”
 ACT	19	19	m6nf		ἐνώπιον πάντων	1	before everyone	Alternate translation: “in front of everyone”
 ACT	19	19	upz3		τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν	1	the value of them	Alternate translation: “the value of the books” or “the value of the scrolls”
 ACT	19	19	u9pi	translate-numbers	μυριάδας πέντε	1	50000	Alternate translation: “fifty thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 ACT	19	19	bcv2	translate-bmoney	ἀργυρίου	1	pieces of silver	Each of the **pieces of silver** was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+ACT	19	20	tj8t	writing-endofstory		0		This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 ACT	19	20	es71	figs-synecdoche	οὕτως κατὰ κράτος τοῦ Κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν	1	So the word of the Lord was spreading and prevailing according to power	Alternate translation: “So because of these powerful deeds, more and more people heard the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	19	21	k1j1			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul talks about going Jerusalem but does not leave Ephesus yet.
-ACT	19	21	de4f		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
+ACT	19	21	de4f		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
 ACT	19	21	q18b		ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα…ὁ Παῦλος	1	this was completed, Paul	Alternate translation: “Paul had completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus, he”
 ACT	19	21	fgq5		ἔθετο…ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	he determined in the Spirit	This could mean: (1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or (2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind.
-ACT	19	21	brb7		Ἀχαΐαν	1	Achaia	Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md).
+ACT	19	21	brb7		Ἀχαΐαν	1	Achaia	**Achaia** was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md).
 ACT	19	21	rdz4		δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν	1	it is necessary for me also to see Rome	Alternate translation: “I must also travel to Rome”
-ACT	19	22	cy6f	translate-names	Ἔραστον	1	Erastus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	19	22	cy6f	translate-names	Ἔραστον	1	Erastus	**Erastus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	19	22	k35j	figs-explicit	αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν	1	he himself stayed in Asia for a time	It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	19	22	uy9x	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν	1	he himself stayed	Here, **himself** is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 ACT	19	23	l7gz			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke tells about a riot that broke out while Paul was in Ephesus.
-ACT	19	23	kn49		ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ	1	there was no small disturbance concerning the Way	This is a summary opening statement.
-ACT	19	23	nb3p	figs-litotes	ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος	1	there was no small disturbance	See how you translated this in [Acts 12:18](../12/18.md) Alternate translation: “the people became very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+ACT	19	23	nb3p	figs-litotes	ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος	1	there was no small disturbance	Luke uses the negative **no small** to indicate that the riot was very large. See how you translated this in [Acts 12:18](../12/18.md) Alternate translation: “the people became very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 ACT	19	23	rwf2		τῆς ὁδοῦ	1	the Way	This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in [Acts 9:1](../09/01.md).
-ACT	19	24	y5ae	writing-background	Δημήτριος…τις ὀνόματι ἀργυροκόπος, ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς Ἀρτέμιδος	1	General Information:	This verse introduces background information about Demetrius. Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess Artemis, sometimes translated as “Diana.” She was a false goddess of fertility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+ACT	19	24	y5ae	writing-background	Δημήτριος…τις ὀνόματι ἀργυροκόπος, ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς Ἀρτέμιδος	1	General Information:	This verse introduces background information about **Demetrius**. Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess **Artemis**, sometimes translated as “Diana.” She was a false goddess of fertility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	19	24	opb9	translate-names	Δημήτριος	1		**Demetrius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	19	24	cg16	writing-participants	Δημήτριος…τις ὀνόματι ἀργυροκόπος	1	a certain silversmith named Demetrius	The use of the words **a certain** introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 ACT	19	24	nwt7		ἀργυροκόπος	1	a silversmith	A **silversmith** is a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry.
-ACT	19	24	p58m	figs-litotes	παρείχετο…οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν	1	brought in not a little business	This is a way of saying that he brought in much business. Alternate translation: “made a lot of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+ACT	19	24	p58m	figs-litotes	παρείχετο…οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν	1	brought in not a little business	Luke uses the negative **not a little** to say that he brought in much business. Alternate translation: “made a lot of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 ACT	19	25	kuz6		τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας	1	the workmen of that occupation	An **occupation** is a profession or job. Alternate translation: “others who did that kind of work”
 ACT	19	26	rm6w		θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι	1	you see and hear that	Alternate translation: “you have come to know and understand that”
 ACT	19	26	rx32	figs-metaphor	μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον	1	and turned away a considerable crowd	Paul’s stopping people from worshiping idols is spoken of as though Paul were literally turning the people in a different direction. Alternate translation: “and caused many people to stop worshiping the local gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2378,40 +2334,38 @@ ACT	19	27	j3bb	figs-activepassive	τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτ
 ACT	19	27	bqt4		μέλλειν τε καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτῆς	1	And indeed, her majesty is about to be destroyed	Artemis’s greatness only comes from what people think of her.
 ACT	19	27	hz7l	figs-hyperbole	ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται	1	whom all Asia and the world worships	This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Alternate translation: “whom many parts Asia and other parts of the world worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ACT	19	27	aq5c	figs-metonymy	ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται	1		Here the words **Asia** and **the world** refer to the people in Asia and the known world. Alternate translation: “whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	19	28	t4lm			0	General Information:	Here “they” refers to the craftsmen who made the idols ([Acts 19:24-25](./24.md)).
+ACT	19	28	t4lm		ἔκραζον	1	General Information:	Here **they** refers to the craftsmen who made the idols ([Acts 19:24-25](./24.md)).
 ACT	19	28	uc5c	figs-metaphor	γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ	1	having become filled with anger	This speaks of the craftsmen as though they were containers. Here, **anger** is spoken of as if it were the contents that fill a container. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	19	28	lcx8		ἔκραζον	1	they cried out	Alternate translation: “they shouted aloud” or “they shouted loudly”
+ACT	19	28	ii1u			0	General Information:	Ephesus was part of the Roman empire and in the province of Asia.
 ACT	19	29	t7xs	figs-metonymy	ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως	1	the whole city was filled with confusion	Here, **city** refers to the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	19	29	u42d	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως	1		The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, **confusion** is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: “people all over the city became upset and started shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	19	29	nt7y		ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1	and they rushed together	This was a mob or near riot situation.
-ACT	19	29	ej3q		εἰς τὸ θέατρον	1	into the theater	The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people.
-ACT	19	29	hjc8		συνεκδήμους Παύλου	1	Paul’s … travel companions	The men who had been with Paul.
-ACT	19	29	d6r9	translate-names	Γάϊον…Ἀρίσταρχον	1	Gaius … Aristarchus	These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	19	30	ii1u			0	General Information:	Ephesus was part of the Roman empire and in the province of Asia.
+ACT	19	29	ej3q		εἰς τὸ θέατρον	1	into the theater	The Ephesus **theater** was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people.
+ACT	19	29	hjc8		Γάϊον καὶ Ἀρίσταρχον Μακεδόνας, συνεκδήμους Παύλου	1	Paul’s … travel companions	These were men who had been with Paul.
+ACT	19	29	d6r9	translate-names	Γάϊον…Ἀρίσταρχον	1	Gaius … Aristarchus	**Gaius** and **Aristarchus** are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	19	31	z7ww		τὸ θέατρον	1	the theater	The Ephesus **theater** was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. See how you translated **theater** in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
-ACT	19	33	jr85	translate-names	Ἀλέξανδρον	1	Alexander	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	19	33	jr85	translate-names	Ἀλέξανδρον	1	Alexander	**Alexander** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	19	33	j1mi	figs-explicit	κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα	1	motioned with his hand	You can make explicit that Alexander was showing the crowd that he wanted them to be quiet. Alternate translation: “gestured to the crowd to be quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	19	33	tlq7		ἀπολογεῖσθαι	1	to give a defense	It is not clear whom or what Alexander wanted to defend. If your language requires this information, it might be best to use a general phrase like “to explain what was going on.”
-ACT	19	34	u1hp	figs-metaphor	φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία ἐκ πάντων	1	there was one voice from all of them	The shouting together of the people at the same time is spoken of as though they were speaking with one voice. Alternate translation: “they were shouting in unison” or “they were shouting together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	19	35	fm3m	figs-you		0	General Information:	The words “You” and “you” refer to all the men present who were from Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+ACT	19	34	u1hp	figs-metaphor	φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία ἐκ πάντων	1	there was one voice from all of them	The shouting together of the people at the same time is spoken of as though they were speaking with **one voice**. Alternate translation: “they were shouting in unison” or “they were shouting together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	19	35	pu96			0	Connecting Statement:	The clerk of Ephesus speaks to quiet the crowd.
-ACT	19	35	sy9m		ὁ γραμματεὺς	1	the town clerk	This refers to the town “writer” or “secretary.”
+ACT	19	35	sy9m		ὁ γραμματεὺς	1	the town clerk	This **town clerk** was like a “writer” or “secretary” for the town.
 ACT	19	35	sd3s	figs-rquestion	τίς γάρ ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦς?	1	what man indeed is there who does not know that the city of Ephesus is temple keeper of the great Artemis and of that which is fallen down from heaven?	The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “for every man knows that the Ephesians guard the temple of the great Artemis and of her image that fell down from heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ACT	19	35	k8dy	figs-litotes	ὃς οὐ γινώσκει	1	who does not know	The town clerk uses **not** to emphasize that all of the people knew this. Alternate translation: “everyone knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-ACT	19	35	hiw3		νεωκόρον	1	temple keeper	The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis.
+ACT	19	35	hiw3		νεωκόρον…τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος	1	temple keeper	The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the **temple** of **Artemis**.
 ACT	19	35	afd1		τοῦ διοπετοῦς	1	of that which is fallen down from heaven	Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols).
 ACT	19	36	r8cf		ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων	1	So these things are undeniable	Alternate translation: “So since you know these things are true”
 ACT	19	36	xj2n		μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν	1	to do nothing rash	Alternate translation: “do not do anything before you have had time to think about it”
-ACT	19	36	s67q		προπετὲς	1	rash	without careful thought
+ACT	19	36	s67q		προπετὲς	1	rash	To be **rash** is to act without careful thought.
 ACT	19	37	s8a9		τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους	1	these men	The words **these men** refer to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul’s traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)).
-ACT	19	38	wgv5			0	Connecting Statement:	The town clerk finishes speaking to the crowd.
 ACT	19	38	qd4s		οὖν	1	Therefore	The town clerk had said in [Acts 19:37](../19/37.md) that Gaius and Aristarchus were not robbers or blasphemers. Alternate translation: “Because what I have just said is true”
 ACT	19	38	zkx5	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον	1	have a word against anyone	Here having **a word against** someone means they want to accuse them of something. Alternate translation: “want to accuse someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ACT	19	38	szf7	translate-unknown	ἀνθύπατοί	1	proconsuls	the Roman governor’s representatives who made legal decisions in court (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+ACT	19	38	szf7	translate-unknown	ἀνθύπατοί	1	proconsuls	The **proconsuls** were the Roman governor’s representatives who made legal decisions in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 ACT	19	38	g8tp		ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις	1	Let them accuse one another	This does not mean Demetrius and those with him will accuse each other. It means this is a place where people in general can speak their accusation. Alternate translation: “There people can accuse one another”
 ACT	19	39	hxh3		εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε	1	But if you seek anything about other matters	Alternate translation: “But if you have other matters to discuss”
 ACT	19	39	wga5	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται	1	it will be settled in the regular assembly	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “let us settle it in the regular assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	19	39	et5j		τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	the regular assembly	This refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided.
+ACT	19	39	et5j		τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	the regular assembly	This **regular assembly** refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided.
 ACT	19	40	sds7	figs-activepassive	κινδυνεύομεν ἐνκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον	1	we are in danger of being accused of rioting concerning this day	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we are in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us of starting this riot today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	20	intro	u91c			0		# Acts 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes Paul’s last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Race<br><br>Paul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])<br><br>### “Compelled by the Spirit”<br><br>Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him.
 ACT	20	1	cwq7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul leaves Ephesus and continues his travels.
@@ -2420,75 +2374,74 @@ ACT	20	1	hr32		ἀσπασάμενος	1	and said farewell	Alternate translation
 ACT	20	2	edb8		παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ	1	had exhorted them with many words	Alternate translation: “had greatly encouraged the believers by saying many things” or “had said many things to challenge the believers”
 ACT	20	3	yxj3	figs-metaphor	ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς	1	And after he had spent three months there	This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend. Alternate translation: “And after he had stayed there three months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	20	3	cit9	figs-activepassive	γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	a plot was formed against him by the Jews	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Jews formed a plot against him” or “the Jews formed a secret plan to harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	20	3	ah5w	figs-synecdoche	ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	by the Jews	This means only some of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “by some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ACT	20	3	ah5w	figs-synecdoche	ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	by the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to only some of the Jews. Alternate translation: “by some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	20	3	m7na		μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν	1	as he was about to sail for Syria	Alternate translation: “as he was ready to sail to Syria”
-ACT	20	4	y35x	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word “him” refers to Paul ([Acts 20:1](../20/01.md)). All instances of “us” and “we” in the verses that follow refer to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	20	4	c9et		συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ	1	And accompanying him	Alternate translation: “And traveling with him”
 ACT	20	4	dw6j	translate-names	Σώπατρος…Πύρρου…Σεκοῦνδος,…Τυχικὸς…Τρόφιμος	1	were Sopater of Pyrrhus … Secundus … Tychicus … Trophimus	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	20	4	w4n1	translate-names	Βεροιαῖος…Δερβαῖος	1	from Berea … from Derbe	These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	20	4	w8j6		Ἀρίσταρχος…Γάϊος	1	Aristarchus … Gaius	These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
-ACT	20	5	itz1	translate-names	Τρῳάδι	1	Troas	This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	20	4	w4n1	translate-names	Βεροιαῖος…Θεσσαλονικέων…Δερβαῖος…Ἀσιανοὶ	1	from Berea … from Derbe	These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	20	4	w8j6		Σώπατρος Πύρρου…Ἀρίσταρχος…Σεκοῦνδος…Γάϊος…Τιμόθεος…Τυχικὸς…Τρόφιμος	1	Aristarchus … Gaius	These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
+ACT	20	5	y35x	figs-exclusive	προσελθόντες…ἡμᾶς	1	General Information:	All instances of **us** in this verse refer to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	20	5	kv8t		οὗτοι…προσελθόντες	1	they had gone before us	Alternate translation: “these men had traveled ahead of us”
+ACT	20	5	itz1	translate-names	Τρῳάδι	1	Troas	**Troas** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	20	6	vmj6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ἤλθομεν…διετρίψαμεν	1		All instances of **we** in this verse refer to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	20	6	l5dr		τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	the days of unleavened bread	This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. See how you translated this in [Acts 12:3](../12/03.md).
-ACT	20	7	dnt4	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 20:4-6](./04.md))
+ACT	20	7	dnt4	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	General Information:	Here the word **we** refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 20:4-6](./04.md))
 ACT	20	7	mbr8			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke tells about Paul’s preaching in Troas and about what happened to Eutychus.
 ACT	20	7	zff8	figs-synecdoche	κλάσαι ἄρτον	1	to break bread	Bread was part of their meals. This could mean: (1) this refers simply to eating a meal together. Alternate translation: “eat a meal” or (2) this refers to the meal they would eat together in order to remember Christ’s death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “to eat the Lord’s Supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	20	7	j888		παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον	1	and so he continued his message	Alternate translation: “and so he continued to speak”
-ACT	20	8	ak8z		ὑπερῴῳ	1	upper room	This may have been the third floor of the house.
-ACT	20	9	hw7b			0	General Information:	Here the word “himself” refers to Paul. The first word “he” refers to Paul; the second word “he” refers to the young man, Eutychus. The word “him” refers to Eutychus.
-ACT	20	9	v5q7		ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος	1	on the window	This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough for a person to sit on it.
-ACT	20	9	ju64	translate-names	Εὔτυχος	1	Eutychus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	20	9	tsp4	figs-metaphor	καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ	1	was falling into a deep sleep	This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: “was sleeping soundly” or “was becoming more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	20	9	abcz		κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου	1	having been overcome by sleep	The young man was fell asleep, not Paul.
-ACT	20	9	jp89	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός	1	and was picked up dead	When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was dead. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	20	9	kh3h		τριστέγου	1	third story	This means two floors above the ground floor. If your culture does not count the ground floor, you may state this as the “second story.”
-ACT	20	11	av7m			0	General Information:	Here the word “he” refers to Paul.
+ACT	20	8	ak8z		ὑπερῴῳ	1	upper room	This **upper room** may have been the third floor of the house.
+ACT	20	9	v5q7		ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος	1	on the window	This **window** was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough for a person to sit on it.
+ACT	20	9	ju64	translate-names	Εὔτυχος	1	Eutychus	**Eutychus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	20	9	tsp4	figs-metaphor	καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ	1	was falling into a deep sleep	This speaks about **sleep** as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: “was sleeping soundly” or “was becoming more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ACT	20	9	abcz		κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου	1	having been overcome by sleep	The young man fell asleep, not Paul.
+ACT	20	9	jp89	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός	1	and was picked up dead	When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was **dead**. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ACT	20	9	kh3h		τριστέγου	1	third story	The **third story** refers to a level two floors above the ground floor. If your culture does not count the ground floor, you may state this as the “second story.”
+ACT	20	11	av7m		ἀναβὰς…τε ὁμιλήσας…ἐξῆλθεν	1	General Information:	Here all occurrences of the word **he** refer to Paul.
 ACT	20	11	lih8			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about Paul’s preaching at Troas and about Eutychus.
 ACT	20	11	w5w8	figs-synecdoche	κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον	1	had broken bread	Bread was a common food during meals. Here, **broken bread** probably means they shared a meal with more kinds of food than just bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	20	11	t88c		οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν	1	In this way, he left	Alternate translation: “This is what happened as he was going away”
-ACT	20	12	jkj5		τὸν παῖδα	1	the boy	This refers to Eutychus ([Acts 20:9](../20/09.md)). This could mean: (1) he was a young man over 14 years old or (2) he was a boy between 9 and 14 years old or (3) the word “boy” implies that he was a servant or a slave.
-ACT	20	12	abx0	figs-litotes	οὐ μετρίως	1	not moderately	This is a way of saying that they were greatly comforted. Alternate translation: “greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-ACT	20	13	dja7	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	The words “he,” “himself,” and “him” refer to Paul. Here the word “we” refers to the writer and those traveling with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ACT	20	13	awt9			0	Connecting Statement:	The writer Luke, Paul, and his other companions continue their travels; however, Paul goes separately for part of the trip.
+ACT	20	12	jkj5		τὸν παῖδα	1	the boy	Here, **the boy** refers to Eutychus ([Acts 20:9](../20/09.md)). This could mean: (1) he was a young man over 14 years old. (2) he was a boy between 9 and 14 years old. (3) he was a servant or a slave.
+ACT	20	12	abx0	figs-litotes	οὐ μετρίως	1	not moderately	Luke uses the negative **not moderately** to say that they were greatly comforted. Alternate translation: “greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+ACT	20	13	dja7	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…μέλλοντες	1	General Information:	Here the word **we** refers to the writer and those traveling with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	20	13	w4ew	figs-rpronouns	ἡμεῖς…προελθόντες	1	we, having gone ahead	The word **we** here refers to Luke and his traveling companions, and not to Paul. Paul did travel on the ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-ACT	20	13	q4yz	translate-names	τὴν Ἆσσον	1	Assos	Assos is a town located directly below present day Behram in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	20	13	q4yz	translate-names	τὴν Ἆσσον	1	Assos	**Assos** is a town located directly below present-day Behram in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	20	13	nq2q	figs-rpronouns	ἦν μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν	1	ἦν μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν	Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that this is what Paul wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 ACT	20	13	p8y7		πεζεύειν	1	to go on foot	Alternate translation: “to walk”
-ACT	20	14	ju8f	translate-names	Μιτυλήνην	1	Mitylene	Mitylene is a town located in present day Mitilini in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	20	15	ll2h	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word “we” refers to Paul, the writer, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ACT	20	15	ulk6	translate-names	Χίου	1	Chios	Chios is an island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the Aegean Sea. Alternate translation: “the island of Chios” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	20	14	ju8f	translate-names	Μιτυλήνην	1	Mitylene	**Mitylene** is a town located in present-day Mitilini in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	20	15	ll2h	figs-exclusive	κατηντήσαμεν…παρεβάλομεν…ἤλθομεν	1	General Information:	Here the word **we** refers to Paul, the writer, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	20	15	ulk6	translate-names	Χίου	1	Chios	**Chios** is an island off the coast of modern-day Turkey in the Aegean Sea. Alternate translation: “the island of Chios” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	20	15	jyr7		παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον	1	we landed at Samos	Alternate translation: “we arrived at the island of Samos”
-ACT	20	15	b6c6	translate-names	Σάμον	1	Samos	Samos is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	20	15	s7g2	translate-names	Μίλητον	1	Miletus	Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	20	16	p272	translate-names	κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον	1	For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus	Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	20	15	b6c6	translate-names	Σάμον	1	Samos	**Samos** is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	20	15	s7g2	translate-names	Μίλητον	1	Miletus	**Miletus** was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	20	16	p272	translate-names	κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον	1	For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus	Paul sailed south past the port city of **Ephesus**, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	20	16	p61e	figs-metaphor	ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι	1	so that he would not spend time	This speaks about **time** as if it were a commodity that a person could spend or use up. Alternate translation: “so that he would not have to remain for a time” or “so that he would not have a delay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	20	17	nw52	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word “he” refers to Paul. The word “our” refers to Paul and the elders to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	20	17	nw52		μετεκαλέσατο	1	General Information:	Here the word **he** refers to Paul.
 ACT	20	17	v9al			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul calls the elders of the church of Ephesus and begins to speak to them.
-ACT	20	17	l9aj	translate-names	τῆς Μιλήτου	1	Miletus	Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. See how you translated this in [Acts 20:15](../20/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ACT	20	17	l9aj	translate-names	τῆς Μιλήτου	1	Miletus	**Miletus** was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. See how you translated this in [Acts 20:15](../20/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	20	18	b6li	figs-rpronouns	ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε	1	You yourselves know	Here, **yourselves** is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 ACT	20	18	vw6n	figs-synecdoche	ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν	1	I set foot in Asia	Here, **foot** stands for the entire person. Alternate translation: “I entered Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ACT	20	19	wh5m	figs-metonymy	δακρύων	1	tears	Here “tears” stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: “sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	20	19	e6k7		πειρασμῶν, τῶν συμβάντων μοι	1	trials that happened to me	Here, **trials** is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate Translation: “while I was tested” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
-ACT	20	19	y5iw	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	of the Jews	This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: “of some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ACT	20	19	wh5m	figs-metonymy	δακρύων	1	tears	Here **tears** stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: “sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ACT	20	19	e6k7		πειρασμῶν, τῶν συμβάντων μοι	1	trials that happened to me	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **trials**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate Translation: “while I was tested” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
+ACT	20	19	y5iw	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: “of some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	20	20	nu7h		ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν	1	how I kept back nothing that was useful which I did not declare to you	Alternate translation: “how I declared to you everything that was beneficial to you”
 ACT	20	20	kut9		κατ’ οἴκους	1	according to houses	Paul taught people in various private homes. Alternate translation: “in each house” or “in everyone's home”
 ACT	20	21	w7mv	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν	1	about repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas behind the words **repentance** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ACT	20	22	ty3b			0	General Information:	Here the word “I” refers to Paul.
-ACT	20	22	vam4	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος ἐγὼ τῷ Πνεύματι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form.They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Spirit compels me to go there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ACT	20	21	x552	figs-exclusive		1		The word **our** refers to Paul and the elders to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ACT	20	22	ty3b		ἐγὼ	1	General Information:	Here the word **I** refers to Paul.
+ACT	20	22	vam4	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος…τῷ Πνεύματι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form.They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Spirit compels me to go there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	20	22	a9j1		τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι, μὴ εἰδώς	1	not knowing what will happen to me in it	Alternate translation: “and I do not know what will happen to me there” or “not knowing what will happen to me in Jerusalem”
 ACT	20	23	q3ie	figs-metonymy	δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν	1	chains and sufferings await me	Here, **chains** refers to Paul’s being arrested and put in prison. Alternate translation: “people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	20	24	w8d2	figs-metaphor	ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	so as to finish my race and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus	This speaks about Paul’s **race** and **ministry** as if they are objects that Jesus gives and Paul receives. Alternate translation: “so that I may complete the work that the Lord Jesus has commanded me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	20	24	ga6d	figs-doublet	τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν	1		Here, **race** and **ministry** mean basically the same thing. Paul repeats this for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 ACT	20	24	m5gc	figs-metaphor	τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου	1	to finish my race	Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a **race**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	20	24	hg3l		διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to solemnly testify to the gospel of the grace of God	This is the ministry that Paul received from Jesus. Alternate translation: “to tell people what I have personally learned about the good news of God’s grace”
-ACT	20	25	f1sb			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues to talk to the Ephesian elders ([Acts 20:17](../20/17.md)).
 ACT	20	25	kj9c		καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ οἶδα	1	And now, behold, I know	Alternate translation: “And now, pay careful attention, because I know”
 ACT	20	25	z4ng		ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι…ὑμεῖς πάντες	1	I know that you all	Alternate translation: “I know that all of you”
 ACT	20	25	aur9	figs-metonymy	ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν	1	among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom	Here, **kingdom** stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “to whom I preached the message about God’s reign as king” or “to whom I preached about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	20	25	cq45	figs-synecdoche	οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου	1	will see my face no more	The word **face** here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “will not see me anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	20	26	e546	figs-metonymy	καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων	1	I am innocent from the blood of all	Here, **blood** stands for a person’s death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God’s truth. Alternate translation: “I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	20	26	v5el	figs-gendernotations	πάντων	1	of all	Here this means any person whether male or female. Alternate translation: “of any person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-ACT	20	27	qa9y	figs-litotes	οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι…ὑμῖν	1	For I did not hold back from declaring to you	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For I certainly declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+ACT	20	26	v5el	figs-gendernotations	πάντων	1	of all	Here **all** refers to any person, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “of any person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+ACT	20	27	qa9y	figs-litotes	οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι…ὑμῖν	1	For I did not hold back from declaring to you	Paul uses the negative **not hold back** to emphasize that he told them everything. Alternate translation: “For I certainly declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 ACT	20	28	u52d	figs-metaphor	τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the flock among which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers to shepherd the church of God	Believers are likened to a **flock** of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a **shepherd** would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: “the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	20	28	cx69	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου	1	the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood	The shedding of the **blood** of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: “the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	20	28	hjh6	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου	1	his own blood	Here, **blood** stands for Christ’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2497,28 +2450,27 @@ ACT	20	30	ftf4	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς
 ACT	20	31	q2nl		γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες	1	be alert, remembering	Alternate translation: “be on guard and remember” or “be on guard as you remember”
 ACT	20	31	ll64	figs-metaphor	γρηγορεῖτε	1	be alert	Christian leaders being **alert** about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. Alternate translation: “be awake” or “watch out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	20	31	pvt6		μνημονεύοντες ὅτι	1	Remembering that	Alternate translation: “continuing to remember that” or “not forgetting that”
-ACT	20	31	rt1h	figs-hyperbole	τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν	1	for three years I did not stop admonishing … night and day	Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-ACT	20	31	hs1m		οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν	1	I did not stop admonishing	Alternate translation: “I did not stop warning”
+ACT	20	31	rt1h	figs-hyperbole	τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν	1	for three years I did not stop admonishing … night and day	Paul did not teach them continuously **for three years**, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+ACT	20	31	hs1m		οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν	1	I did not stop admonishing	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not stop**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “I continued to warn”
 ACT	20	31	rvh6	figs-metonymy	μετὰ δακρύων	1	with tears	Here, **tears** refers to Paul’s crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	20	32	ylm3	figs-metonymy	παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ	1	I am entrusting you to God and to the word of his grace	Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	20	32	vnb2		παρατίθεμαι	1	I am entrusting	to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something
+ACT	20	32	vnb2		παρατίθεμαι	1	I am entrusting	To “entrust” something to someone is to give them the responsibility of taking care of someone or something.
 ACT	20	32	s7rf	figs-metaphor	τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι	1	which is able to build you up	A person’s faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: “which is able to make you become stronger and stronger in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	20	32	zvz8	figs-personification	δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν	1	to give you the inheritance	This speaks about the **word of his grace** as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: “God will give you the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ACT	20	32	x5jy	figs-metaphor	τὴν κληρονομίαν	1	the inheritance	The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	20	33	y6ii			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in [Acts 20:18](../20/18.md).
 ACT	20	33	yw8a		ἀργυρίου…οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα	1	I coveted no one’s silver	Alternate translation: “I did not desire anyone’s silver” or “I did not want for myself anyone’s silver”
 ACT	20	33	ipq5		ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς	1	no one’s silver, gold, or clothing	Here, **clothing** is considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were.
 ACT	20	34	f5a3	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε	1	You yourselves know	The word **yourselves** is used here to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 ACT	20	34	ja5v	figs-synecdoche	ταῖς χρείαις μου, καὶ τοῖς…ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται	1	these hands ministered to my needs and to those who	The word **hands** here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: “I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses and for those who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	20	35	wn8j		κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων	1	it is necessary to work hard to help those who are weak	Alternate translation: “you should work so as to have money to help people who are in need”
-ACT	20	35	p3n8	figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀσθενούντων	1	those who are weak	You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “weak people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ACT	20	35	p3n8	figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀσθενούντων	1	those who are weak	You can state the nominal adjective **weak** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “weak people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ACT	20	35	dpu1		ἀσθενούντων	1	weak	Alternate translation: “sick”
 ACT	20	35	ps2i	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	the words of the Lord Jesus	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	20	35	e396		μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον, διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν	1	It is more blessed to give than to receive	This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.
 ACT	20	36	q6bs			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them.
 ACT	20	36	u3uc	translate-symaction	θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ…προσηύξατο	1	having bowed his knees, he prayed	It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and prayed to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 ACT	20	37	pb4r		ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου	1	having fallen upon Paul’s neck	Alternate translation: “having embraced Paul” or “putting their arms around him”
-ACT	20	37	sze4		κατεφίλουν αὐτόν	1	they were kissing him	**Kissing** someone on the cheek is an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East.
+ACT	20	37	sze4		κατεφίλουν αὐτόν	1	they were kissing him	To kiss someone on the cheek was an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East.
 ACT	20	38	bs3s	figs-synecdoche	οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν	1	they were never going to see his face again	The word **face** here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “they would not see him anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	21	intro	gh1j			0		# Acts 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.<br><br>The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “They are all determined to keep the law”<br><br>The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.<br><br>### Nazarite vow<br><br>The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../act/21/23.md)).<br><br>### Gentiles in the temple<br><br>The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens.
 ACT	21	1	s3h3	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])